Bird Translocation Literature

BIRDS

1. Alexander, H.L., Jr. 1974. Game stocking ... A legitimate management technique, but not a cure-all. Del. Conserv. 17:15-17.

ABSTRACT: Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus) historically occurred in Delaware but were eliminated due to changes in habitat use and over-hunting. From 1969 to 1972, 63 wild-trapped Ruffed Grouse obtained from other states were released at Nanticoke Wildlife Area in southern Delaware. Surveys since 1971 have shown that grouse are present in the area. No grouse were released in 1973, but spring surveys revealed a possibly increasing grouse population. If the birds successfully establish themselves at Nanticoke, birds will be trapped there and transplanted to other areas of the state. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1960's 1970's.

LOCATION: 2915 BIR

2. Allen, M. 1980. Implanting an eaglet into an unsuccessful Bald Eagle's nest. Pages 177-179 in T. N. Ingram, ed. Raptor rehabilitation-eagle nesting biology. Proc. 1980 Bald Eagle Days. Eagle Valley Environmentalists, Inc., Apple River, IL.

ABSTRACT: There is one active Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) nest in New York; in the past 15 years, only one successful hatch has occurred. Eggs collected from the nest exhibited a 34% thinning rate. In April 1978, a 2-week-old eaglet from Patuxent Research Center was transplanted to the nest. The eaglet was adopted and reared until it fledged. In 1977, a transplant was attempted again. Observations indicated that the eagles were incubating; however during transfer, no eggs were found. Young were transplanted, but the adults abandoned the area. The young were removed and placed in other nests in the Northeast. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's.

LOCATION: 2816 BIR

3. Allen, M. 1982. The second record of a hacked Bald Eagle nesting in the wild. Pages 5-19 in T.N. Ingram, ed. Proc. of the Bald Eagle Conf. on Bald Eagle Restor. Rochester, N.Y. August 1982.

ABSTRACT: In the Spring of 1980, the first case of hacked Bald Eagles nesting in the wild was recorded. The pair of eagles involved were the first two birds released from New York's Bald Eagle hacking project in 1976. The events and specifics of this event were addressed by Peter Nye at the Raptor Research Conference in Montreal in 1981. Aside from the new nesting territory only one other site has been known to exist in New York since the early 1960s. In January of 1981, the male of this pair was found near the nest, a victim of illegal shooting. On March 12, 1981 the female of the pair returned to the site with a new mate, which was identified as a hacked bird that had been released from the Montezuma N.W.R. site in 1977. This is the first record of a hacked bird pairing with an established adult. Copulation was observed on several occasions, but because of high organochlorine pesticide levels in the female, no eggs were deposited. Therefore, it has been necessary to continue the eaglet "fostering" efforts that had been successful at this site in 1978 and 1980. The pair bonding and fostering attempts of 1981 and 1982 will be addressed in this paper. (AS)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Halieactus leucocephalus 1980's.

LOCATION: 3048 BIR

4. Altman, R.L. 1983. Post-release flight and foraging behavior of a Bald Eagle hacked in western Kentucky. Raptor Res. 17:37-42.

ABSTRACT: A Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) hacked at Land Between the Lakes in the summer of 1981, was observed for 113 h from its release until its dispersal from the area. Eighty-three major flights were timed, with an average of one flight per 1.4 h. Longest flight time was nearly 25 minutes, and longest straight line distance covered during any single flight was approximately 3.0 km. Foraging success showed an improvement through time. The eagle exhibited many behaviors similar to other birds of the same, age, but appeared to be advanced in the onset of soaring flight and capturing of live fish. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae.

LOCATION: 3236 BIR

5. Amundson, T.E. 1985. Health management in Wild Turkey restoration programs. Proc. Natl. Wild Turkey Symp. 5:285-294.

ABSTRACT: An important consideration for introduction of wildlife populations is the risk of disease introduction or dissemination. During the mid-1970s, a Wild Turkey restoration program was begun in Wisconsin. The objective of this program was to reestablish a naturally reproducing population of Wild Turkeys, while minimizing the potential for transmission of avian pathogens to other wild gamebird populations or domestic turkey flocks. A program of health inspection and disease monitoring was implemented to test Wild Turkeys brought into Wisconsin for release. Serologic evidence of Mycoplasma spp. was detected in a significant number of imported turkeys. The significance of these and other findings of mycoplasmosis in wild and game farm turkeys prompted the development of detailed guidelines for disease monitoring in Wild Turkey relocation and restoration programs. These guidelines recommend health inspections of representative turkeys from prospective trap sites prior to a relocation program. Disease monitoring, including field testing of sera for Mycoplasma spp. and Salmonella spp. was further recommended for all imported turkeys prior to release with subsequent testing for additional avian pathogens by diagnostic laboratories suggested, depending on availability of technical and financial support. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae Meleagris gallopavo historical account.

LOCATION: 3084 BIR

6. Anderegg, R., H. Frey, and H.U. Muller. 1983. Reintroduction of the Bearded Vulture or Lammergeier Gypaetus barbatus aureus to the Alps. Int. Zoo Yearb. 23:35-41.

ABSTRACT: There are about 200-300 wild Bearded Vultures (Gypaetus barbatus aureus) in Europe today. An international reintroduction project involving Switzerland, Austria, France, Germany, and other European countries has been organized. The goals of the project are to establish a captive breeding population, assess release areas, begin a public awareness campaign, and release and monitor the birds. The Vienna Breeding Unit was developed in 1978 as a central station for the project. As of 1982, 18 chicks have been successfully reared. Reintroduction will be attempted when 10 captive-produced breeding pairs exist in the captive population. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Cathartidae breeding release.

LOCATION: 2794 BIR

7. Angehr, G.R. 1984. Establishment of Stitchbird on Hen Island. Notornis 31:175-176.

ABSTRACT: In the 1880's (or soon afterwards) the Stitchbird became extinct on the New Zealand mainland. For almost a century, its range has been restricted to Little Barrier Island in the Hauraki Gulf. Hen Island was chosen as the first transfer site for Stitchbirds due to its similarity of vegetation types to Little Barrier Island. Two groups of Stitchbirds were translocated to Hen Island (30 birds in March 1980 and 16 birds in April 1981). In January 1981, a female Stitchbird was seen feeding a juvenile, evidence that breeding took place in the first year after transfer. In February 1982, the capture of a banded female near the center of the island indicated that birds had dispersed well away from the release areas. Ratios of banded to unbanded birds seen suggested that reproduction of Stitchbirds has been successful on Hen Island. Transect sampling revealed a population estimate of 100-200 birds, who more commonly occur in mature than in regenerating forest. Two other Stitchbird translocations are briefly mentioned on Cuvier Island (29 birds in June 1982) and on Kapiti Island (30 birds in August 1983). (KRR)

KEY WORDS: New Zealand Notiomystis cincta 1980's habitat Meliphagidae

LOCATION: 3225 BIR

8. Angehr, G.R. 1984. A bird in the hand: Andreas Reischek and the Stitchbird. Notornis 31:300-309.

ABSTRACT: Early accounts of Little Barrier Island by Andreas Reischek emphasize that the Stitchbird was very rare there in the 1800s. Re-examination of the original accounts, in conjunction with dated specimens, suggests that the Stitchbird was in fact very rare in 1880 and 1882 but increased markedly in 1883 and 1885. The rarity of the species on Little Barrier in 1880 and 1882 coincided with its extinction on the mainland and may have been due to introduced disease. However, several fluctuations in population size have taken place since. At least 78 and up to 130 of the 181 extant 19th-century specimens were taken by Reischek. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meliphagidae Notiomystis cincta New Zealand history.

LOCATION: 3227 BIR

9. Angelstam, P., and F. Sandegren. 1982. A release of pen-reared capercaillie in central Sweden - survival, dispersal and choice of habitat. Pages 204-209 in T.W.I. Lovel, ed. Proc. Second Int. Symp. on Grouse at Dalhousie Castle, Edinburgh, Scotland. March 1981. World Pheasant Assoc., Exning, Suffolk.

ABSTRACT: Nine subadult radio-monitored Capercaillie (Tetrao urogallus) were released on the Grimso Wildlife Research Area in September 1977 to evaluate release as a means to restock local populations. Within 2 weeks, eight of the birds were dead with predation being the proximate mortality cause. The first 3 days post-release, birds stayed within 200 m of the release site. After that period, dispersal was fitted to a logarithmic function. Females dispersed further than males. Ecotones between mature forest and either fens or boggy pine forest were the preferred habitat choice of released birds. Restocking does not appear to be a viable tool for increasing Capercaillie population numbers. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1970's.

LOCATION: 2684 BIR

10. Anon. 1981. The endangered Whooping Crane: a recent development. Bull. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. 52(9):26.

ABSTRACT: A female Whooping Crane (Grus americana) was released at Grays Lake National Wildlife Refuge in Idaho. She was the first captive-reared Whooping crane released into the wild, and it is hoped she will pair with a male Whooping Crane hatched by cross-fostering to Sandhill Cranes (G. canadensis) on the Refuge in 1975. The female was initially penned near the male's territory, and the two displayed signs of bonding by their synchronized behavior. The female has been released from the pen. If bonding is not established prior to fall migration, she will be returned to Patuxent Wildlife Research Center. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae.

LOCATION: 2932 BIR

11. Archibald, G., and C.M. Mirande. 1985. Population status and management efforts for endangered cranes. Trans. North Am. Wildl. and Natur. Resour. Conf. 50:586-602.

ABSTRACT: Hunting, habitat destruction, and collision with suspended wires are major causes of reduced worldwide crane populations. Conservation efforts are underway to protect several species. Whooping Crane (Grus americana) eggs have been cross-fostered to Greater Sandhill Cranes (Grus canadensis tabida) in Idaho in attempt to establish a migratory flock that breeds in Idaho and winters in the Rio Grande Valley of New Mexico. It is not yet known if these Whooping Cranes will pair and breed with conspecifics. Mississippi Sandhill Crane (Grus canadensis pulla) populations have been bolstered by soft releases of captive-reared birds. The International Crane Foundation is working with the Thailand government to establish a reintroduction program for the Eastern Sarus Crane (Grus antigone sharpii). Eggs were collected from wild populations in 1984 and a breeding center established. The Common Crane (Grus grus) has naturally reestablished a small, nonmigratory flock in the British Isles. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae England captive breeding management.

LOCATION: 2961 BIR

12. Aschenbrenner, H. 1982. Brief report on a method of Capercaillie introduction in the forest of Bavaria. Pages 210-211 in T.W.I. Lovel, ed. Proc. Second Int. Symp. on Grouse at Dalhousie Castle, Edinburgh, Scotland. March 1981. World Pheasant Assoc., Exning, Suffolk.

ABSTRACT: Hand-reared Capercaillie (Tetrao urogallus) were placed in a pen covered with perlon netting on the release site in 1980. Birds were gradually released in September and October. Females dispersed farther than males. The tameness of hand-reared birds exposed them to many dangers. Tests on other methods of introduction will continue. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae Germany 1980's.

LOCATION: 2684 BIR

13. Austin-Smith, P.J., and G. Rhodenizer. 1983. Ospreys, Pandion haliaetus, relocate nests from power poles to substitute sites. Can. Field-Nat. 97:315-319.

ABSTRACT: Eight substitute Osprey Pandion haliaetus nest platforms were raised in autumn 1979 next to eight nest sites on power poles in Lunenburg County, Nova Scotia. Six platforms were occupied in 1980 and 1981 and five in 1982 by Ospreys, which produced a total of 27 young. Nest success at the platform sites was not significantly different from that at natural sites. Osprey use of nest sites possibly is related to visibility of neighboring nests as well as of foraging waters. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Pandionidae 1970's 1980's reproduction relocation.

LOCATION: 2729 BIR

14. Backs, S.E. 1984. Ruffed Grouse restoration in Indiana. Pages 37-58 in W.L. Robinson, ed. Ruffed Grouse management: state of the art in the early 1980's. North Cent. Sect. Wildl. Soc. and the Ruffed Grouse Soc., Bookcrafters, Chelsea, MI.

ABSTRACT: Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus subspp.) historically occurred in all 92 counties in Indiana. By 1961, the range occupied by Ruffed Grouse was restricted to 14 counties in southcentral Indiana. Presently, Ruffed Grouse occur in 41 counties. This paper describes Ruffed Grouse restoration, census techniques, harvest results, and habitat use in Indiana. Between 1961 and 1982, 1044 wild-trapped Ruffed Grouse were transplanted to 25 release sites in 21 counties. The best success occurred when a minimum of 60 birds at least 12 weeks of age were released at a site. Grouse trapping success has centered on the use of a modified "lilypad" trap during September and October. Cost per grouse caught and shipped averages about $100. Population densities and trends have been determined using activity center counts, line transect drumming counts, and harvest indices. Indiana's grouse densities are intermediate to those reported elsewhere and have similar trends. Standards used for determining successful reestablishment are 4 birds/40 ha for activity center counts and 0.5 drumming grouse/stop along roadside and walking transects. Grouse hunting presently occurs in 14 counties from mid-October through 31 January. Based on 18 years of data, hunters in Indiana averaged 1.8 (SE=0.6) man-hours/grouse flushed and 13.4 (SE=0.89) man-hours/grouse bagged. Juveniles comprised 57% of the harvest with 2.92 juveniles/adult hen. Hunter success and habitat used by Ruffed Grouse are similar to those of other states below 42^o N latitude. Woody stem densities surrounding 64 active drumming logs averaged 35,000 stems/ha (14,000/acre) with differences in shrub densities separating used and unused logs (P <0.01). Future grouse research needs to include continual refinement of survey techniques, identification of unoccupied suitable habitat, evaluation of release techniques, and monitoring of the effects of timber management on grouse populations. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1960's 1970's 1980's survey techniques.

LOCATION: 2583 . 2583 BIR

15. Backs, S.E., R.P. Bouta, and R.M. Platte. 1985. Use of landowner and resident observations to evaluate Wild Turkey releases. Proc. Natl. Wild Turkey Symp. 5:259-268.

ABSTRACT: Systematic interviews of landowners and residents were used to evaluate the status of Wild Turkey releases on seven areas in Indiana. A total of 367 landowners/residents was interviewed during June and July 1983 and asked to record observations of Wild Turkeys made during the next year on postage-paid postcards. By June 1984, a total of 426 observations was received from the interviews and observation cards returned. The average area around release sites covered by interviews was about 130 km². About half (51%) of the initial contacts displayed a positive observation response. Reported brood sizes averaged 7.4 birds. Observations of marked birds averaged 22% the first year following release and decreased the following year suggesting either a stable or growing population. The overall average group size reported was 2.9 birds and were observed an average of 4.2 km from the release site. Utility and limitations of this technique are discussed. Approximately 1 man-hour was expended per observation received and each observation represented approximately three birds. Gobbling count surveys, by comparison, required a minimum of 6-7 man-hours per bird heard. Public relation benefits of landowner/ resident contacts to the restoration program are reviewed. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae Meleagris gallopavo 1980's methodology surveys.

LOCATION: 3050 BIR

16. Bailey, R.O. 1979. Wild Mallard stocking in a large marsh habitat. Can. Field-Nat. 93:55-62.

ABSTRACT: During 1971 and 1972, 1204 female and 214 male wild-strain Mallard (Anas platyrhynchos) ducklings were released on the Delta Marsh to test Mallard stocking as a method to increase breeding populations. Hand-reared yearling hens arrived after most of the unmarked hens in spring. Homing to the release site was observed in 26-28% of yearling hens and 53% of 2 yr olds. Yearling marked hens initiated nests later and were less successful than unmarked hens in producing broods. Differences between the marked yearling and unmarked breeders were attributed to the presence of the adult hens in the unmarked portion of the breeding population. In view of the poor reproductive success of hand-reared birds and apparently high potential for natural immigration and production, Mallard stocking is a questionable procedure on the Delta Marsh. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Manitoba 1970's marking hand-reared homing.

LOCATION: 2730 BIR

17. Banko, P.C. 1979. Nene (Hawaiian Goose) reintroduction, management, and research in Hawaii's National Parks. Proc. Conf. Sci. Res. Natl. Parks (2nd) 8:85-107.

ABSTRACT: Nene (Branta sandvicensis) nearly became extinct 30 years ago and are still endangered today, despite releases of captive-reared geese by the State of Hawaii. The National Park Service (NPS) is attempting to re-establish and manage small, wild populations of Nene in Hawaii Volcanoes National Park on Maui. Problems and progress of NPS captive propagation and release programs are discussed. Results of wild nesting and nest predation studies are reported. The Nene's special adaptations to the remote, insular, Hawaiian environment make it one of the most challenging of all waterfowl to study and manage. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae conservation methodology.

LOCATION: 3086 BIR

18. Baptista, L.F. 1989. The Socorro Dove release project. Am. Assoc. Zool. Parks Aquariums Reg. Conf. Proc., p.689.

ABSTRACT: The Socorro Dove was endemic to Isla Socorro, Revillagigedo Archipelago, Baja California, Mexico, but was extirpated in its natural habitat. Various Mexican conservation agencies and the New Zealand Wildlife Service have initiated a program to breed Socorro Doves that exist in aviaries for eventual reintroduction to their native island. This program includes maximum outcrossing breeding, a soft-release method, post-release radio telemetry monitoring, removal of introduced cats and sheep from Isla Socorro, and reforestation for portions of the island. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Columbidae captive propagation Zenaida graysoni

LOCATION: 3208 BIR

19. Barclay, J.H. 1980. Release of captive-produced Peregrine Falcons in the eastern United States 1975-1979. M.S. Thesis. Michigan Tech. Univ., Houghton. 118 pp.

ABSTRACT: Two hundred and four captive-produced Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus) were released by hacking at 21 locations in the eastern United States during 1975-1979. Seventy-two percent (146) of the hacked falcons survived to independence and dispersed normally from the release sites. Hacking success was significantly higher at artificial (tower) sites than at natural (cliff) sites. Higher mortality during hacking at cliffs was due primarily to a higher incidence of Great Horned Owl (Bubo virginianus) predation. The falcons have not been migrating, and first-year survival appears comparable to the first-year survivorship of wild peregrines. Band recovery data suggest that peregrines released by hacking are no more vulnerable to shooting than wild peregrines. The highest incidence of birds returning to release sites has been in coastal New Jersey. Some of the factors contributing to regional differences in return rates are discussed. Prey availability appears to be one of the major determinants of the suitability of artificial sites for eventual occupancy by breeding pairs. Many birds, including progeny of tundrius peregrines, have shown signs of incipient reproductive behavior upon returning to release sites. Three groups of young placed for hacking were adopted by parentally motivated single adults. The first known pairing of released falcons occurred in 1978. Three pairs were known in 1979, all at tower sites in coastal New Jersey. One of these, consisting of an adult male and sub-adult female, produced fertile eggs which were damaged late in incubation during aggressive encounters with Fish Crows (Corvus ossifragus). An unpaired adult female laid eggs on a skyscraper in Baltimore, Maryland, in 1979. Analysis of the eggs from both females revealed shell thicknesses within the range of hatchability and low levels of pesticide residues. The population of released peregrines is estimated at approximately 50 sub-adults and adults in the spring of 1980. A computer simulation describes the growth of the population up through 1990. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Falconidae 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2833 BIR

20. Barclay, J.H. 1987. Augmenting wild populations. Pages 239-247 in B.A. Giron Pendleton, B.A. Millsap, K.W. Cline, and D.M. Bird, eds. Raptor management techniques manual. Natl. Wildl. Fed., Washington, D.C.

ABSTRACT: During the 1970's and 1980's, population declines in raptor species prompted the development and refinement of techniques to augment populations in peril. Clutch manipulations can be used to increase productivity, particularly in situations where fertile eggs of a nesting population hatch below the normal rate due to eggshell thinning. Brood manipulations are often helpful in species where the mortality of young chicks is due to fratricide or where lower brood sizes are a result of local differences in prey availability. For species who have been extirpated or where only a few nesting pairs are present, cross-fostering, hacking, and releasing fully fledged immatures or adults may be appropriate techniques. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Accipitridae methods

LOCATION: 2652 BIR

21. Barclay, J.H. 1988. Peregrine restoration in the eastern United States. Pages 549-558 in T.J. Cade, J.H. Enderson, C.G. Thelander, and C.M. White, eds. Peregrine falcon populations: their management and recovery. The Peregrine Fund, Inc. Boise, ID.

ABSTRACT: Seven hundred and fifty-two Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus) have been released by hacking or fostering in the Eastern United States during 1975-1985. Successful nesting by released falcons first occurred in 1980, and there has been a steady increase in the nesting population each year. Through 1985 there have been 62 confirmed nesting attempts, 47 (76%) have been successful, and 128 young hatched. Productivity has been 2.06 young per attempt and 2.72 young per successful attempt. Releases have been concentrated in three geographical regions: the mid-Atlantic coastal zone where specially constructed towers and other man-made structures provide nesting sites, and the mountains of New England and the southern Appalachians. The current recovery goal is to establish 20-30 nesting pairs in each of the three regions. A restored population of 60-90 pairs would represent 17% to 26% of the estimated pre-DDT era population (350 pairs) in the eastern United States. The ultimate goal of the Eastern Peregrine Falcon Recovery Plan is to establish a breeding population equal to half the estimated number of pairs present before DDT, or 175 pairs. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1970's 1980's reintroduction.

LOCATION: 2638 BIR

22. Barclay, J.H. 1985. Restoration of the Peregrine Falcon in the eastern United States. Page 3 in abstr. 1985 Int. Peregrine Conf., Symp. Manage. of Birds of Prey Int. Meet., Sacramento, CA. November 1985. Raptor Res. Found.

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Falconidae 1970's 1980's reintroduction.

LOCATION: 2957 BIR

23. Barclay, J.H., and T.J. Cade. 1983. Restoration of the peregrine falcon in the eastern United States. Pages 3-40 in S.A. Temple, ed. Bird conservation 1. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: In the period from 1975-1981, 353 captive-produced, non-indigenous Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus) have been released at 36 locations in the eastern United States. Thirty-two of these birds were released by fostering to adults or by a combination of fostering and hacking; the remainder were released solely by hacking. Mortality and other losses during hacking averaged 26% over the 7 year period. Of 261 successfully dispersed peregrines, 48 (18%) were recovered. General movement patterns have been southwesterly and along the coast. There have been 72 peregrine falcon returns to release sites, with some birds returning >1 year. Return rates of hacked peregrines on a regional basis for the 1976-1981 period were: Coastal New Jersey, 2.7 birds hacked per return; Chesapeake Bay, 10.3; and Inland, 6.5. In order to meet the Eastern Peregrine Falcon Recovery Plan goal of reestablishing peregrines to half the number of breeding pairs formerly in the east, 175 breeding pairs would need to become established. In the 6 year release period covered, six successful nestings have occurred producing 14 young. In order to meet the objective of the recovery plan, large numbers of birds need to be released. Both deterministic and stochastic population models predict that after > 15 years of releasing >1,000 birds, there would be <100 breeding pairs established in the east. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1970's 1980's dispersal marking techniques population projection site selection.

LOCATION: 2677 BIR

24. Beddow, T.E. 1984. Recovery of natural nesting Osprey in the Tennessee Valley. Pages 67-74 in M.A. Westall, ed. Proc. Southeast. U.S. and Caribbean Osprey Symp., 1983. Int. Osprey Found., Inc., Sanibel Island, FL.

ABSTRACT: Management activities were initiated in 1976 to assist in the recovery of the nesting Osprey population in the Tennessee Valley. The last nest in the Tennessee Valley, located on a United States Coast Guard navigation aid on Watts Bar Reservoir, was relocated on a 1.2-meter wooden nesting platform. Production of three fledglings in 1977 was the first documented successful nest in over 30 years in the Tennessee Valley. Additional nests in subsequent years were relocated to nesting platforms in treetops on nearby islands. Because some treetop platforms were unsuccessful, new structures were designed for navigation aids, which supported five natural nests during the spring 1983 nesting season. Two other nests were also located on pole-mounted 1.2-meter wooden platforms. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Pandionidae Pandion haliaetus 1970's 1980's nesting sites.

LOCATION: 2824 BIR

25. Belardo, S.J., F.R. Fridriksson, and E.L. Beldardo. 1977. Peregrine breeding behavior at the Agua Dulce eyrie, Lincoln Forest, New Mexico: a successful transplant of captive-bred young. Chihuahuan Desert Res. Inst., Contrib. No. 38. 32 pp.

ABSTRACT: During spring 1977, Chihuahuan Desert Research Institute (CDRI) fieldworkers monitored a Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus anatum) eyrie in the Lincoln National Forest, New Mexico. Data from 1976 indicated that the pair had failed to reproduce that year. Therefore, a transplant of captive-bred peregrine young to the eyrie was planned for 1977 by personnel from Cornell University's Peregrine Fund, the U.S. Forest Service, and the CDRI. The CDRI team spent 153 researcher-days in 1977 observing the pair and coordinating the transplant effort. The three eggs laid by the pair in 1977 were replaced with plaster-filled peregrine eggs by Peregrine Fund workers in mid-April. None of the three original eggs survived to hatching: one was found to be cracked upon removal from the nest, another was infertile, and the third egg containing an embryo, died during incubation. Analysis of the two uncracked eggs for organochlorine pesticide residues revealed levels of 51.0 and 30.0 ppm (wet wt.) DDE. The eggshells were found to be 18-21 percent thinner than pre-DDT era peregrine eggshells collected in other parts of North America. Two captive-bred peregrine youngsters were raised by the wild adults, and finally flew from the eyrie during the month of June. Their activities were not monitored after 28 June, but there is evidence suggesting that at least one youngster fell victim to Golden Eagle depredation. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1970's fostering predation.

LOCATION: 3165 BIR

26. Benson, D., and S.D. Browne. 1972. Establishing breeding colonies of Redheads in New York by releasing hand-reared birds. N.Y. Fish and Game J. 19:59-72.

ABSTRACT: In 1952 Redhead eggs were obtained from Delta, Manitoba. Fifty young hatched from these eggs, were released at 5 weeks of age, and appear to have established a breeding colony at one of the sites involved. The remaining young were held for developing a Redhead breeding stock on the State game farms. From this stock 1,972 ducklings and 1,911 adults were released between 1957 and 1963. Adults and ducklings were tried in many habitats, but only one additional colony was established. Some stock returned in spring but did not persist. Band recoveries and retrap records suggest the migration, longevity, and homing of these Redheads. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Aythya americana 1950's 1960's mortality introduction.

LOCATION: 2954 BIR

27. Berger, A.L. 1977. Reintroduction of Hawaiian Geese. Pages 339-344 in S.A. Temple, ed. Endangered birds: management techniques for preserving threatened species. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: Although formerly abundant on the Hawaiian Islands, the population of the Hawaiian Goose, or Nene, precipitously dropped to less than 50 individuals in the wild and 13 birds in captivity by the 1940's. In 1949, two pairs of these captive geese were loaned to the State of Hawaii to begin captive breeding efforts. One goose from these two pairs was sent to the Wildfowl Trust in England after the death of its mate in 1951. Only 24 young Nene were raised during the first seven breeding seasons due to infertility and hatchability problems associated with inbreeding. To increase productivity, a double-clutching technique was developed, which allowed 123 goslings to be raised during the 1967-1968 breeding season. Although plagued with inbreeding as well, more than 750 geese were raised at the English facility by 1973. The first release of Nene into the wild occurred in March 1960, when 20 Hawaiian-reared birds were placed in a soft-release pen on the island of Hawaii. Three other release pens were established, and, by 1976, 1244 Nene were released in a similar fashion in Haleakala Crater on the island of Maui. Despite 28 years of reintroduction efforts, no reliable information yet exists on the current size of the wild Nene population or the success of these efforts. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Branta sandvicensis genetics methodology 1970's

LOCATION: 2602 BIR

28. Bergerhausen, W., B. Broo, and K. Radler. 1985. Twenty-five years of reintroduction of the Eagle Owl (Bubo bubo) in Europe. Page 1 in Raptor Res. Found. Symp. Manage. of Birds of Prey. Int. Meet. Session 8. Int. Symp. on Raptor Reintroduction.

ABSTRACT: History and status of one of the most extensive reintroduction programs in Europe is presented. This included several hundreds of captive breeding pairs and more than 2,000 juvenile birds, which have been released using four different techniques. During 1984 more than 50 breeding pairs have been reported. Their nesting success averaged less than two fledglings per pair. Poles of power lines and car traffic have been recognized as prevailing factors of mortality. Less than 50 percent of the birds released survive the first year of life, which tends to be less than for wild hatched owls. Donor sources are private persons and firms, as well as state governments. (AA) KEY WORDS: Abstract only Tytonidae 1980's.

LOCATION: 4 BIR

29. Bibby, C.J. 1978. Conservation of the Dartford Warbler on English lowland heaths: a review. Biol. Conserv. 13:299-308.

ABSTRACT: The Dartford Warbler Sylvia undata is a rare bird of lowland heaths in southern England. The practical steps conservationists might take to promote its future in the British avifauna are described. There is a need for greater safeguarding of sites by acquisition or protection from undesirable developments; on surviving heaths, encroachment of birch, bracken and pines will have to be resisted or even reversed. The maintenance of an ideal age range of vegetation is considered, and selective propagation of gorse is suggested as a way to improve some sites for Dartford Warblers. Consideration is given to translocating birds and to providing food artificially in winter, although both possibilities are not considered to be ideal. Recommendations are made for the maintenance and development of sufficient knowledge on the Dartford Warbler to aid its conservation. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Elsevier Science Publishers, Ltd.

KEY WORDS: Muscicapidae translocation.

LOCATION: 2711 BIR

30. Bird, D.M. 1985. Cross-fostering in birds of prey: a review. Page 1 in Raptor Res. Found. Symp. Manage. of Birds of Prey. Int. Meet. Session 8. Int. Symp. on Raptor Reintroduction.

ABSTRACT: Cross-fostering, or the act of fostering one species to another, has been successful in the following combinations: falcon to accipiter, falcon to falcon, and falcon to buteo. No follow-up was done as to subsequent mate choices in these birds. Laboratory choice tests with American Kestrels (Falco sparverius) and Eurasian Kestrels (F. tinnunculus) showed that approximately 50% of the mate preferences by either species was in favor of the foster parent type, whether the falcons were raised with or without conspecific siblings, and whether placed in the nest at 1 day or 3 weeks of age. The data suggest that the sensitive period of imprinting in raptors may be late in the nestling stage and may even carry on after fledging. Further experimentation with two common raptor species having overlapping ranges is needed to supplement the laboratory work. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Accipitridae Falconidae.

LOCATION: 4 BIR

31. Bird, D.M., W. Burnham, and R.W. Fyfe. 1985. A review of cross-fostering in birds of prey. ICBP Tech. Publ. No. 5:433-438. ABSTRACT: Cross-fostering, or the act of fostering one species to another, has been evaluated both in the field, i.e., will raptors accept and care for eggs/young of another species?, and in the laboratory, i.e., what is the effect of cross-fostering on subsequent mate choice? The following combinations are feasible: falcon to accipiter, falcon to falcon, and falcon to buteo. Of 48 nestings cross-fostered at various ages up to 21 days old, a 40 percent mortality occurred, but was incidental to the technique itself. In laboratory experimentation with two species of captive Kestrel, either species, when wintered with their foster parents, showed a mate preference for the foster parent type. When cross-fostered falcons were wintered in visual isolation, approximately 50 percent of the preferences were in favour of the foster parent type. These findings were substantiated by numerous earlier studies involving non-raptorial species, i.e., at least nine species in the laboratory and four in the field. Hence, cross-fostering is not recommended at present as a technique for releasing nesting raptors into the wild on a large-scale basis. Further testing is being pursued in the field and laboratory. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Falconidae.

LOCATION: 2563 BIR

32. Bishop, R.A., and R.G. Howing. 1972. Re-establishment of the Giant Canada Goose in Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 79:14-16. ABSTRACT: Giant Canada Geese (Branta canadensis maxima) were common nesters in Iowa in early times (Hanson, 1965), but overexploitation exterminated most wild nesting populations of Canada Geese about 1900. The ever increasing demand for Canada Geese by both the hunter and the general public has generated a response in conservation agencies throughout the Mississippi Flyway. Many states have been working diligently to increase certain flocks of Canada Geese that are providing shooting for their hunters. Also several states have embarked upon home-grown flocks of the giant Canada Goose with striking success. Free-flying Canada Geese have been successfully re-established in Missouri, Ohio, Wisconsin, and other states (Dill and Lee, 1970). These flocks are providing additional birds for the hunter while fulfilling a demand by the general public to see these magnificent birds. This paper reports an attempt in Iowa to re-establish the Giant Canada. (AI)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1960's 1970's reproduction.

LOCATION: 3038 BIR

33. Bizeau, E.G., T.V. Schumacher, R.C. Drewien, and W.M. Brown. 1987. An experimental release of captive-reared Greater Sandhill Cranes. Pages 78-88 in J.C. Lewis, ed. Proc. 1985 Crane Workshop. Platte River Whooping Crane Maintenance Trust, Grand Island, NE.

ABSTRACT: In early summer 1984, 21 captive, parent-reared Greater Sandhill Cranes (Grus canadensis tabida) were transported from Patuxent Wildlife Research Center (PWRC) in Laurel, Maryland to Grays Lake National Wildlife Refuge (GLNWR), Idaho and released into the wild after a brief conditioning period in a pen at the release site. Experimental birds included 19 one-year-olds and 2 two-year-olds. Four cranes arrived injured and unable to fly. Cranes were marked with leg bands, collars, and radio transmitters. Behavioral data, including activities in the pen and post-release movements, activity patterns, associations, and social interactions were collected by direct observation and radio telemetry. After 4-6 days in the pen, cranes exhibited a daily activity pattern similar to wild cranes. Activities of post-release birds were similar to those of wild color-marked yearling cranes at Grays Lake except that released birds locomoted more and spent less time in body maintenance. Most released cranes associated with their penmates, and none formed discernible relationships with wild cranes. Eight of 17 cranes capable of flight died during the summer; females had a higher mortality rate. Nine cranes survived to migrate from Grays Lake in October, but only two arrived at wintering grounds in New Mexico. Spring sightings indicated that a minimum of four birds may have survived their first winter and migrated north in the spring. The use of a conditioning pen resulted in minimal dispersion from the release site but it may also have inhibited social integration of the captive-reared birds into wild flocks because penmates formed social groups. Future experiments should consider releasing birds singly to enhance their opportunity to socialize and integrate with wild cranes. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae 1980's survival.

LOCATION: 2642 (186) BIR

34. Bowman, J.A., C.E. Hill, and R.Q. Burleson. 1979. Seasonal movements of restocked Wild Turkeys in North Carolina. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 33:212-223.

ABSTRACT: Nineteen Wild Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris) were restocked in a North Carolina mountain habitat in February and March, 1978. Each turkey was equipped with a solar-powered radio transmitter package. Seasonal home ranges and maximum seasonal distances from the release site were determined from the date of release through winter 1979. Turkeys were tracked from 29 days to 406 days following release. Dispersal from the release site continued through fall 1978 before stabilizing. The average maximum distance from the release site at that time for nine hens and one gobbler was 7.0 km (4.3 mi). Seasonal home ranges were largest during spring and smallest during winter. The average spring 1978 range for nine hens and six gobblers was 1,335 ha. The average winter 1979 range for seven hens and one gobbler was 178 ha. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1970's.

LOCATION: 156 BIR

35. Braun, C.E., D.H. Nish, and K.M. Giesen. 1978. Release and establishment of White-tailed Ptarmigan in Utah. Southwest. Nat. 23:661-668.

ABSTRACT: Wild-trapped White-tailed Ptarmigan (Lagopus leucurus) were transplanted from Colorado to a site in the Uinta Mountains, Utah, in June and Sept., 1976. A total of 55 birds was released, consisting of 50 birds older than 9 mo. (25 males, 25 females) and five young of the year. Successful nesting and production were documented in both 1976 and 1977, with good survival suggested from one breeding season to the next. Prospects for continued success of the transplant are excellent. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1970's historical account capture.

LOCATION: 2746 BIR

36. Brewer, R., and K.R. Morris. 1984. Cross-fostering as a management tool for the Kirtland's Warbler. J. Wildl. Manage. 48:1041-1045.

ABSTRACT: The authors describe the cross-fostering of Yellow Warbler (Dendroica petechia) eggs and nestlings into the nests of Chipping Sparrows (Spizella passerina) as a surrogate system for the Kirtland's warbler (Dendroica kirtlandii). Two- to 6-day old Yellow Warbler eggs and nestlings were transferred to Chipping Sparrow nests at the same stage of development. In 1978, 17 complete clutches were transferred into six Chipping Sparrow nests. In 1980, 64 eggs and 13 nestlings from 22 Yellow Warbler nests were transferred into 26 Chipping Sparrow nests. In 1978, four of six transferred clutches were tended by the foster adults during 16-26 days post-hatch. In 1980, 34 young were fledged from the 26 foster nests and 11 reached 24 days of age. In 1981, one cross-fostered male returned to the vicinity of the experiment. This rate of return was substantially less than for non-fostered Yellow Warbler or Chipping Sparrow. Guidelines for further cross-fostering attempts are presented. (BGA)

KEY WORDS: Parulidae Fringillidae Michigan 1970 1980 survival.

LOCATION: 2400 BIR

37. Broo, B. 1978. Project Eagle-owl, South West. Pages 104-120 in T.A. Geer, ed. Bird of prey management techniques. Proc. Bird of Prey Manage. Techniques. Oxford. October 1977. Brit. Falconers' Club.

ABSTRACT: In response to declining Eagle Owl (Bubo bubo) populations, 40 pairs of owls are being maintained on suitable owl habitat throughout southwestern Sweden. Through 1977, 267 birds were produced at these locations, 115 of which were released by various methods prior to 1977. The reproductive success of Eagle Owls paired for >12 months averaged 1.5 young/ pair/year while owls paired for <12 months averaged 0.3 young/ pair/year. Captive-bred owls had larger clutches and a greater number of fledglings per laid egg than wild owls. Owls released as adults were recovered more often than those released as juveniles, and most recoveries were near release sites. As a result of the releases, the number of owls observed in the wild increased from 13 individuals in 1972 to 46-81 individuals in spring 1977. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Strigidae double clutching fostering release methods.

LOCATION: 2835 BIR

38. Broo, B., and T. Odsjo. 1981. Mercury levels in feathers of eagle-owls Bubo bubo in a captive, a reintroduced and a native wild population in SW Sweden. Holarctic Ecol. 4:270-277. ABSTRACT: Mercury levels in feathers are presented for both captive and wild eagle-owls from the period 1963-1976. Levels are compared between wild birds occupying old territories and released birds in newly occupied territories. The wild population in SW Sweden shows decreasing levels in the inland territories, and at present these levels are similar to the natural background level. The coastal owls have significantly higher levels which show no decrease. Low levels prevail in captive eagle-owls, fed on low-contaminated food. Birds in newly occupied territories (mainly released birds) have similar mercury levels as native birds. After being released captive birds therefore seem to accumulate mercury rather quickly. (AA)

KEY WORDS: contaminants.

LOCATION: 3126 BIR

39. Brown, R.D. 1984. Carolina Raptor Center's Osprey introduction project in Piedmont, North Carolina. Pages 119-132 in M.A. Westall, ed. Proc. Southeast. U.S. and Caribbean Osprey Symp., 1983. Int. Osprey Found., Inc., Sanibel Island, FL.

ABSTRACT: In 1982, the Carolina Raptor Center initiated an Osprey Introduction Project in Piedmont, North Carolina to expedite the inland breeding expansion of Ospreys. Six eyases were transported from Mattamuskeet National Wildlife Refuge at 6 weeks of age to artificial nest platforms on Mountain Island Lake north of Charlotte, North Carolina. All six Ospreys fledged successfully. Through the use of volunteers and donated materials and monies, low-cost hacking projects may be realized. The only limiting factor appears to be the availability of young. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Pandionidae Pandion haliaetus 1980's release.

LOCATION: 2824 BIR

40. Bruning, D. 1988. Reintroduction program for the Bali Starling. Am. Assoc. Zool. Parks Aquariums Annu. Conf. Proc., pp. 435-441.

ABSTRACT: The Bali Starling Project is the first reintroduction project proposed for a passerine bird in which all of the released birds will be captive bred. As part of this effort, 39 Bali Starlings from United States zoos were sent to the Surabaya Zoo in Indonesia in 1987, where they entered a captive propagation program. As of September 1988, a total of 34 eggs had been laid, 17 of which hatched. Five of these hatchlings (29%) fledged successfully. Two of these chicks were from the birds sent to Indonesia from the United States, and the other three chicks are from the breeding pair previously at Surabaya. In July 1988, the three oldest chicks were set up in pre-release cages at Bali Barat and subsequently released in late August. Although two of these released birds left the release site, the third stayed in the vicinity into early September. Future plans include the release of more starlings on a quarterly basis for at least three more years. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Sturnidae 1980's methodology Leucopsar rothschildi

LOCATION: 3150 BIR

41. Bruning, D. 1983. Breeding condors in captivity for release into the wild. Zoo Biol. 2:245-252.

ABSTRACT: Recognizing the decline of the South American Condor in some parts of its range and the highly endangered status of the California Condor, the New York Zoological Society developed a captive-breeding program for South American Condors. This program was designed to produce techniques applicable to hand-rearing of either species of condor. Once condors were successfully reared in captivity, it became imperative to develop techniques to ensure that captive-reared condor chicks could be released into the wild, could survive there, and could interact naturally with other wild condors. Captive-bred hand-reared condor chicks were taken to Northwestern Peru and successfully released into the wild. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Cathartidae Gymnogyps californianus Vultur gryphus Andean Condor 1970's 1980's methodology.

LOCATION: 234 BIR

42. Burbidge, A.A., G.L. Folley, and G.T. Smith. 1986. The Noisy Scrub-Bird. Pages 1-27 in A.A. Burbidge, G.L. Folley, and G.T. Smith, eds. The noisy scrub-bird. Dept. Conserv. and Land Manage., Washington.

ABSTRACT: Although the last nineteenth century specimen of the Noisy Scrub-bird was collected in 1889, the species was rediscovered at Two Peoples Bay in 1961. A management program for this species was developed that included three broad strategies of habitat management, captive breeding, and translocation. Because captive breeding efforts from 1975 to 1981 proved too costly, a total of 32 scrub-birds (18 males, 14 females) were translocated between 1983-1985 from the Two Peoples Bay area to Mount Manypeaks. At the completion of this translocation effort, 14 males were giving territorial song. Plans were formulated to establish 6 to 8 translocated populations in this manner to ensure that at least four viable populations of the Noisy Scrub-bird would exist at any one time. Fire management was also deemed necessary, as the period required for suitable scrub-bird habitat to regenerate ranges from four to ten years. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Atrichornithidae Atrichornis clamosus Australia 1980's trapping

LOCATION: 313 BIR

43. Burgess, H.H. 1984. Potential Trumpeter Swan restoration. Pages 97-111 in D. Compton, ed. Proceedings and Papers of the Ninth Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN.

ABSTRACT: The Trumpeter Swan Society Restoration Committee, formed in 1968, searches for potential Trumpeter Swan restoration areas in Canada and the United States and supports feasible restoration by responsible agencies . In this paper, the committee discusses the use of family decoys and foster parents as a means of redistributing trumpeters in the Rocky Mountain region. Because lack of wintering habitat and intact migration routes appear to be limiting trumpeter populations, the use of trumpeter decoy families to guide migration is increasing. Feral European Mute Swans may also serve as foster parents for young trumpeters. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator methodology

LOCATION: 4010 BIR

44. Burgess, H.H. and R.L. Burgess. 1989. History of Trumpeter Swan restoration to the upper midwest. Pages 131-132 in Proceedings and Papers of the Twelfth Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. Restoring the Trumpeter Swan to the upper midwest. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple PLain, MN.

ABSTRACT: During the past 50 years, about 500 Trumpeter Swans have been translocated from the wild for restoration. These efforts have resulted in the establishment of four additional flocks in the Pacific Flyway, and a new restored Interior population of about 500 Trumpeters in the Central and Mississippi Flyways. This paper concentrates on the Interior population and discusses three major thoughts on Trumpeter Swan restoration. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator

LOCATION: 4009 BIR

45. Burgess, H.H., R.L. Burgess, and D.K. Weaver. 1988. Potential Trumpeter Swan restoration and expansion. Pages 62-64 in Proceedings and Papers of the Eleventh Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN. ABSTRACT: Historical severances of traditional Trumpeter Swan migrations to adequate wintering areas limit the expansion and restoration of trumpeters to their original ranges. A "migratory enhancement program" could be started by developing safe, decoy/ staging refuges, rest stops, and adequate southern wintering areas. The restoration sites should be suitable breeding areas and should have at least 60 frost free days and sufficient aquatic foods to feed a swan family for a minimum of 142 days. The authors discuss potential areas for establishing four decoy/ staging/breeding areas, two wintering areas, and two decoy rest stops. This proposal would require a minimum of 8-10 bonded pairs and/or family groups to be translocated to the best wetlands within each of the above areas. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator methodology history

LOCATION: 4012 BIR

46. Burnham, W. 1983. Artificial incubation of falcon eggs. J. Wildl. Manage. 47:158-168.

ABSTRACT: The effectiveness of captive breeding as a conservation tactic for birds often depends heavily on successful artificial incubation of eggs. Incubation procedures for Peregrine Falcon Falco peregrinus eggs were developed using mathematical models and applying empirical information. Each egg was incubated as an individual at carefully regulated temperatures under calculated conditions of humidity to maximize hatching success. Using this procedure, approximately 83% of all fertile peregrine eggs laid by captive falcons were hatched in 1979 and 1980. Over 90% of all fertile, live eggs received from wild Peregrine Falcon eyries between 1978 and 1980 were also hatched. The incubation procedures described for falcon eggs appear applicable for use with other bird eggs. (AA) Copyright 1983 by The Wildlife Society.

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 279 BIR

47. Burnham, W., and T.J. Cade. 1985. Reintroduction and translocation of birds as conservation strategies. Proc. Int. Ornithol. Congr. 18:328-335.

ABSTRACT: Several management plans for threatened and endangered birds include reintroduction of birds into areas from which they have been recently extirpated or translocation of birds from their present range to areas from which they have been long absent or where they never previously occurred. Often reintroduction follows successful breeding in captivity, and translocation is used for species that are rapidly losing their present habitat. These conservation strategies are evaluated using case histories of the four Peregrine Falcon recovery programs in the United States of America as examples. Recommendations on guidelines for improving the success of these procedures are suggested. (AS)

KEY WORDS: Review paper protection captive breeding release.

LOCATION: 2943 BIR

48. Burnham, W.A. 1984. Peregrine Falcon egg variation, incubation and population recovery strategy. Ph.D. Diss. Colorado State Univ., Ft. Collins. 57pp.

ABSTRACT: The Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) was dramatically reduced in numbers throughout North America as a result of DDT induced shell-thinning. Four related but administratively distinct recovery strategies were developed, ranging from protection and monitoring to complete restoration, including creation of a new population to occupy vacated habitat. Captive propagation and release techniques were developed. The effectiveness of captive breeding as a conservation tactic for birds often depends heavily on successful artificial incubation of eggs. Incubation procedures for Peregrine Falcon eggs were developed using mathematical models applying empirical information. Each egg was considered incubated separately and at calculated and carefully regulated temperatures and humidities to maximize hatching success. Using this procedure, approximately 83% of all fertile peregrine eggs laid by captive falcons were hatched in 1979 and 1980. Over 90% of all fertile, live eggs received from wild Peregrine Falcon eyries between 1978 and 1980 were also hatched. Eggs collected from captive and wild Peregrine Falcons were used to examine variation in eggshell thickness, length, breadth, and initial weight to resolve questions about eggshell data from wild falcons. For captive falcons, shell thickness of first clutches did not change over the years a falcon laid or with embryonic development. Eggshells in third clutches, but not second clutches, were significantly thinner than from first clutches. Greatest variation in shell thickness existed between eggs within a clutch, and did not differ significantly between wild and captive eggs. Entire clutches from wild falcons should be represented in future studies to maximize the chance of obtaining a representative sample in regard to shell thickness. Egg size (L, B, and fresh-weight) decreased over the years a captive falcon laid. A significant decrease in size (B and fresh-weight) also occurred in second and third clutches laid the same year. Ratcliffe's Index generally appeared a reliable indicator of shell thickness in captive-laid eggs. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2828 BIR

49. Burnham, W.A., J. Craig, J.H. Enderson, and W.R. Heinrich. 1978. Artificial increase in reproduction of wild Peregrine Falcons. J. Wildl. Manage. 42:625-628.

ABSTRACT: Two Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) nesting sites in Colorado with histories of nesting failure were augmented in 1976 in an attempt to increase productivity. Eggs were removed and replaced with dummy eggs. The dummy eggs were subsequently and sequentially replaced with 2-3 week old captive-reared prairie falcon chicks. As a result of egg substitution and augmentation, two pairs of wild peregrines produced five young, and two wild young were hatched in captivity and retained for breeding purposes. Egg substitution and augmentation appear to be effective methods for increasing productivity in Peregrine Falcon populations. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1970's nesting cross-fostering.

LOCATION: 275 BIR

50. Burnham, W.A., W. Heinrich, C. Sandfort, E. Levine, D. O'Brien, and D. Konkel. 1985. Recovery effort for the Peregrine Falcon in the Rocky Mountains. Page 5 in Abstr. 1985 Int. Peregrine Conf., Symp. Manage. of Birds of Prey. Int. Meet. Sacramento, CA. November 1985. Raptor Res. Found.

ABSTRACT: The Peregrine Falcon population declined to approximately 10% of numbers once existing in the Rocky Mountain area, and most if not all Peregrines were lost from Montana, Wyoming, Idaho, South Dakota, North Dakota, and northern Utah by the mid-1970's, when preliminary recovery efforts were begun. Between 1973 and 1985, over 900 eggs from Peregrines of Rocky Mountain origin were hatched, primarily at The Peregrine Fund, Inc. facilities. Ninety-three percent of the young which hatched survived, and almost 700 have been released by hacking, fostering, or cross-fostering, in that order of significance. The result is that Peregrines again breed in Montana, northern Utah, Wyoming, and Idaho and have greatly increased in numbers in Colorado. To restore the Peregrine to a population level which should be self-perpetuating through all or most states where it formerly existed will probably require releases for at least another decade. Some shell-thinning continues, but production of young by returning falcons is about 2.5 young/producing pair. The greatest threat to released and returning falcons appears to be predation by Golden Eagles and Great Horned Owls. The success of the recovery effort has resulted from hard work of a core of skilled and determined researchers and from cooperation by both the public and private sector, including industry. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2957 BIR

51. Burnham, W.A., W. Heinrich, C. Sandfort, E. Levine, D. O'Brien, and D. Konkel. 1988. Recovery effort for the Peregrine Falcon in the Rocky Mountains. Pages 565-574 in T.J. Cade, J.H. Enderson, C.G. Thelander, and C.M. White, eds. Peregrine Falcon populations: their management and recovery. The Peregrine Fund, Inc. Boise, ID.

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2638 BIR

52. Burt, J., and L. Young. 1988. Observations on chick rearing methods for re-introduction projects: the cheer project in Pakistan. World Pheasant Assoc. J. 13:32-41.

ABSTRACT: The Cheer Pheasant became extinct in the Margalla Hills National Park in Pakistan in the mid-1970's. In 1978, the World Pheasant Association and Capital Development Authority in Islamabad began a reintroduction program for this bird by captively rearing and releasing pheasants into the Margalla Hills. Due to heavy losses of hand-reared Cheers that succumb to disease or suffer from deficiencies in natural behavior, three experimental rearing methods were tested in 1986 and 1987. A rearing shed proved to be capable of raising large numbers of birds, but they may not develop the full behavioral repertoire necessary for life in the wild. Raising birds in an enclosure produced more naturally behaved birds, but, like the rearing shed technique, runs the risk of disease problems. The parent rearing technique is the most promising in terms of developing normal behaviors, but is unlikely to be capable of producing the numbers necessary for large-scale release programs. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Phasianidae Catreus wallichii captive propagation methods 1970's 1980's

LOCATION: 3093 BIR

53. Byrd, G.V., J.L. Sincock, T.C. Telfer, D.I. Moriarty, and B.G. Brady. 1984. A cross-fostering experiment with Newell's race of Manx Shearwater. J. Wildl. Manage. 48:163-168.

ABSTRACT: In an effort to ensure survival of Newell's race of Manx Shearwater (Puffinus puffinus newelli), an experimental cross-fostering program was conducted from 1978 to 1980 at Kilavea Point Wildlife Administrative Site and nearby Mokuaeae Island. The objective was to determine the feasibility of establishing a colony in a coastal habitat secure from predation by mammals, collisions with man-made objects, and alighting in confusion because of lights. Eggs were transferred from Newell's Shearwater burrows to those of the foster parent, the Wedge-tailed Shearwater (Puffinus pacificus), 1-2 week prior to hatching. Visits were made at 1-3 week intervals, during which time chicks were measured and weighed. Hatching success, chick fate, nesting chronology, growth rates, and management recommendations are discussed. (JCA)

KEY WORDS: Procellariidae Hawaii 1970's 1980's reproduction.

LOCATION: 304 BIR

54. Cade, T.J. 1974. Plans for managing the survival of the peregrine falcon. Pages 89-104 in F.N. Hamerstrom, Jr., B.E. Harrell, and R.R. Olendorff, eds. Management of raptors. Proc. Conf. Raptor Conserv. Techniques. March 1973 (Part 4). Raptor Res. Rep. No. 2.

ABSTRACT: This paper outlines four basic plans for restoration of the Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) in the United States. Increased legal protection, preservation of habitat, management of wild populations, and captive propagation for eventual restocking are the suggested methods for restoring peregrines. The adaption of falconry techniques as a means of increasing survival of young peregrines is recommended. About 20 peregrines have been produced in captivity in North America in the last 3-4 years. Artificial insemination and incubation experiments are being conducted in hopes of increasing success of these methods. The author recommends that reintroduction techniques and the uncertainties associated with them be investigated. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae double clutching fostering hacking survival.

LOCATION: 2751 BIR

55. Cade, T.J. 1985. Peregrine recovery in the United States. Pages 331-342 in I. Newton and R.D. Chancellor, eds. Conservation studies on raptors. Proc. of Second World Conf. Birds of Prey. Thessaloniki, Greece. April 1982. ICBP Tech. Publ. No. 5.

ABSTRACT: Our national effort to conserve and restore peregrine populations in the USA has been carried out primarily under provisions of the Endangered Species Act of 1973. The responsibilities have been divided among four regional Recovery Teams appointed by the Director, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service: one for Alaska; one for the Pacific Coast states; one for the Rocky Mountains and southwestern states; and one for the eastern states. A strong, natural recovery of breeding numbers in Alaska, beginning in the late 1970s, has made the introduction of captive-produced falcons unnecessary there, and the main actions have centered on continued surveys of breeding populations and on protection from human disturbance. Along the central coast of California an original population of 17 nesting pairs had been reduced to three non-producing pairs by 1971; from 1977 to 1981 the Santa Cruz Predatory Bird Research Group fostered 27 young into these nests and by 1982 peregrines were again occupying 12 eyries in this region. A serious decline in the number of occupied eyries in the Rocky Mountains has been arrested by adding captive-produced young into the nests of the remaining wild pairs; and captive-produced peregrines have been present in the breeding population since 1980. In the eastern USA, where the original population has been extirpated for 25 years, more than 350 captive-produced young have been released by hacking since 1975. In 1981 there were at least seven territorial pairs present in the new population, four of which hatched young of their own, and single birds were seen at more than 10 other locations. With the continued release of young by fostering and hacking over the next five years, ornithologists expect to see a significant recovery of breeding peregrine populations in the USA. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2667 BIR

56. Cade, T.J. 1986. Reintroduction as a method of conservation. Raptor Res. Rep. 5:72-84.

ABSTRACT: A review of literature on the reintroduction of raptors and other birds into areas from which they were extirpated and of introductions into areas where they never occurred naturally provides a basis for evaluating these techniques for species preservation. More than 1,670 attempts have been made to establish several hundred avian species worldwide. At least six species of owls and 15 species of diurnal raptors have been successfully established. Examples of raptors that have been reintroduced or newly introduced are: Little Owl (Athene noctua) in Britain, Eagle Owl (Bubo bubo) in Sweden and Germany, Goshawk (Accipiter gentilis) in Britain, White-tailed Sea Eagle (Haliaeetus albicilla) in Scotland and Europe, Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) in New York and California, Seychelles Kestrel (Falco araea) on Praslin, and the Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) in the USA, Canada, and Germany. An examination of successful introductions of such non-raptorial species as herons, storks, cranes, and puffins adds further insight into future applications. Reintroduction is a feasible but costly method of species preservation. It will become increasingly necessary in the future as natural environments dwindle in size and species populations become reduced to isolated relicts. I conclude that the future is not all bleak, for many of the conservation projects examined here are working, even though habitats may be different now and continue to change. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Alcidae Bruidae Ciconiidae Ardeidae Falconidae Strigidae Accipitridae 1980's.

LOCATION: 2840 (259) BIR

57. Cade, T.J. 1980. The husbandry of falcons for return to the wild. Int. Zoo Yearb. 20:23-35.

ABSTRACT: Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus), Gyrfalcons (F. rusticolus), Lanners (F. biarmicus), Prairie Falcons (F. mexicanus), and other raptors have been produced since 1970 at the Peregrine Fund's breeding lofts. Artificial insemination has resulted in fertilization of more than 85% of peregrine eggs. Peregrine hatching rates of 75-80% have been achieved, and 90-96% of hatched peregrines were raised. Since 1974, the Peregrine Fund has released 341 young peregrines into the wild by fostering, cross-fostering, and hacking. Hacking has been the most successful release technique in the west. In the east, peregrines have been hacked from 22 sites in 9 states. Pre-dispersal loss has averaged 28%. There have been yearly increases in the number of falcons returning to release areas. Continued propagation and release of peregrines should lead to the establishment of a breeding population in the eastern United States. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae behavior captive breeding reproduction.

LOCATION: 2810 BIR

58. Cade, T.J. 1983. Restoration of bald eagles in New York and elsewhere. Pages 109-112 in S.A. Temple, ed. Bird conservation 1. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: In 1976, two "runt" Bald Eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) from Wisconsin nests were hacked at Montezuma National Wildlife Refuge in New York. In 1980, these two eagles paired and nested 80 miles north of the Montezuma refuge near Watertown, New York. Two young were hatched; one survived to fledge. This represents the first successful nesting in New York since 1973. In 1977, five eaglets were hacked from the Montezuma refuge. Of the seven eagles hacked in 1976 and 1977, three are breeding and at least one is probably still alive 4 years post-release. New York plans to release 129 eaglets over the next 5 years. Other states are also planning Bald Eagle release programs similar to New York's program. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's 1980's hacking survival.

LOCATION: 2678 BIR

59. Cade, T.J. 1983. Peregrine recovery efforts. Pages 115-117 in S.A. Temple, ed. Bird conservation 1. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: This paper summarizes 1980 recovery efforts for the Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) in North America, exclusive of the eastern United States. In the Rocky Mountain states, 58 young peregrines were released in 1980 by hacking, fostering, and cross-fostering to Prairie Falcons (Falco mexicanus). Birds released in prior years returned to hack sites and eyries and mated with wild peregrines. Egg shell-thinning continues to cause reproductive failure in many California peregrines. In response, the Santa Cruz Predatory Bird Research Group is removing eggs from nests, incubating them, and returning the young to the nests. At the end of April 1981, there were 32 known productive peregrine falcon pairs in the wild in California. The Canadian Wildlife Service released about 100 young peregrines in 1980 by hacking and fostering to wild peregrines. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1980's review paper.

LOCATION: 2678 BIR

60. Cade, T.J. 1983. Harris' hawks returned to southern California. Page 115 in S.A. Temple, ed. Bird conservation 1. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: Harris' Hawks (Parabuteo unicinctus) were extirpated as a breeding species in California along the lower Colorado River and in the Imperial Valley in the early 1950's. The Santa Cruz Predatory Bird Research Group released 45 eyas, juvenile, and adult Harris' Hawks into their former range from 1979-1981. Released hawks were either hacked or cross-fostered to Red-tailed Hawks (Buteo jamaicensis). At least two pairs of released hawks have set up territories in California, and one pair has successfully fledged two young. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's 1980's cross-fostering hacking.

LOCATION: 2678 BIR

61. Cade, T.J., and J.H. Barclay. 1984. The current state of peregrine recovery in the eastern United States. Trans. Northeast Fish Wildl. Conf. 41:85-91.

ABSTRACT: Since 1975, 511 captive-produced peregrines have been released in 111 eastern states; 402 apparently survived the first 4 weeks to disperse from the hacking sites. There have been 21 known nesting attempts yielding a total of 49 young. DDE residues and egg shell thinning do not appear to be problems for these falcons. A self-perpetuating population of 20-30 pairs should be attainable in the mid-Atlantic region in the next 2 to 3 years. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's 1980's recovery mortality survival.

LOCATION: 2696 BIR

62. Cade, T.J., and V.J. Hardaswick. 1985. Summary of Peregrine Falcon production and reintroduction by the Peregrine Fund in the United States, 1973-1984. Avic. Mag. 91:79-92.

ABSTRACT: In 1970, The Peregrine Fund began a long-term project to develop and refine methods for the captive propagation of falcons. Ultimately, the goal was to use captive-bred progeny to replace the extirpated peregrine population in the eastern United States, in addition to augmenting reduced wild populations in the western states. From 1973-1983, a total of 1011 peregrine chicks were produced at three cooperating research facilities in New York, Colorado, and California. Hacking, fostering, and cross-fostering techniques were utilized to release 511 of these young in nine eastern states and the other 500 young in 12 western states. These efforts resulted in the establishment of 27 pairs of peregrines in the eastern United States, 12 of which successfully raised a total of 30 wild young in 1984. In the west, 10 pairs of peregrines occupied the central coast of California in 1982, and in 1983, in Colorado alone, adult or subadult peregrines were seen defending territories and two historical eyries were reoccupied. Refinement in the choice of hack sites boosted hacked bird survival rates from 67% to 90%. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Cornell University methodology Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's 1980's reproduction

LOCATION: 3210 BIR

63. Cade, T.J., P.T. Redig, and H.B. Tordoff. 1989. Peregrine Falcon restoration: expectation vs. reality. The Loon 61:160-162.

ABSTRACT: Although restoration efforts have succeeded in reestablishing 100 pairs of Peregrine Falcons in the eastern and midwestern sections of North America, all known nesting attempts on lowland river cliffs have failed because of predation by Great Horned Owls. This paper discusses the idea that perhaps native stocks of peregrines in these areas had adapted to Great Horned Owl predation , and released peregrines are ineffective in deterring owls due to their genetic background, learned behaviors, or body size. A future strategy to establish as many pairs of peregrines as possible in cities along lowland rivers is also discussed. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus predation methodology mortality

LOCATION: 4008 BIR

64. Campbell, J.A., and R.W. Nelson. 1980. Release methods for captive-bred peregrines. Hawk Chalk 19(1):34-38.

ABSTRACT: Hacking is a technique that has been used to reintroduce many Peregrine Falcons into the wild in the United States and Canada. Although a high percentage of falcons successfully fledge from their hack sites, there is a striking paucity of reports of hacked peregrines nesting. If there is no dramatic increase in the success of hacking in establishing pairs, other techniques like fostering, cross-fostering to Buteo hawks, or a variety of falconry methods may need to be employed. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus methodology reproduction

LOCATION: 3159 BIR

65. Campo, J.J. 1983. Brood habitat use, reproduction, and movement of recently restocked Eastern Wild Turkeys in east Texas. Ph.D. Diss., Texas A&M Univ., College Station 165 pp.

ABSTRACT: Habitat use, reproduction, and movement of recently restocked Eastern Wild Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris) were studied using radio telemetry on two different intensively managed pine forests in east Texas from June 1980 through July 1982. A total of 33 hens was monitored. Habitat at locations for 12 broods, 37 nests, 2 broodless hens, and 507 randomly located points was sampled using nested, circular plots. A maximum of 19 habitat attributes was sampled for each plot. Linear discriminant function analysis (DFA) was used to quantify habitat attributes for each comparison of plot groups. Results of DFA indicated that turkeys preferred pine-hardwood and bottomland hardwood forest types during fall and winter. Retention and enhancement of pine-hardwood and bottomland hardwood forest types was recommended. Individual broods used a wide variety of different habitats. Brood habitat was characterized as primarily pine forests, non-stocked to fully stocked, with low density tree midstory, and abundant herbaceous groundcover. A few broods primarily used forest openings and food plot areas. Management for brood habitat should be directed toward providing areas with abundant herbaceous ground vegetation, maintaining hardwoods along bottomland sites, thinning forest stands to maintain low and medium stocking, and prescribed burning pine stands. Turkeys nested in a wide variety of habitats. Several turkeys nested in 1-year-old clearcut areas. Habitat used for nesting was characterized as pine forests with low stocking rate and tree midstory density, and abundant herbaceous groundcover and shrubcover. Nesting habitat on forest lands can be provided by thinning forest stands, creating open areas by limited use of clearcutting or permanent openings, and enhancing abundance of shrubcover and groundcover. Seasonal ranges were significantly greater (P < 0.05) for hens that hatched poults than hens that were unsuccessful nesters. Average brood ranges were much greater in this study than other reported studies. The peak period for beginning date of continuous incubation behavior was between 15 April and 1 May. A high initial nesting rate and renesting rate indicated a high reproductive potential for these populations. Poult mortality was 66% and 80% for the two study areas, and was greatest during the first 2 weeks after hatching. Hen mortality annually was 14% and 19% on the two study areas, respectively. The hen mortality rate observed was not considered severely limiting to the populations. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae.

LOCATION: BIR

66. Campo, J.J., C.R. Hopkins, and W.G. Swank. 1984. Mortality and reproduction of stocked Eastern Turkeys in east Texas. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 38:78-86.

ABSTRACT: Mortality and reproduction of 65 stocked Eastern Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris) were studied using radio telemetry on two different areas in east Texas from February 1979 through July 1981. The known survival rate was 62% after 1 year and 48% at the end of the study period. The known mortality rate was 11% after 1 year and 21% at the end of the study period. Predation on hens during the nesting and early brood-rearing season was the greatest loss of adult turkeys. A high rate of nesting and renesting indicated a high reproductive potential for these turkey populations. Average poult loss for three reproductive seasons was >67% and nearly all losses were recorded within 14 days after hatching. Low poult survival was considered the greatest limiting factor on the turkey populations. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1970's 1980's restoration.

LOCATION: 2738 BIR

67. Capen, D.E., W.J. Crenshaw, and M.W. Coulter. 1974. Establishing breeding populations of Wood Ducks by relocating wild broods. J. Wildl. Manage. 38:253-256.

ABSTRACT: A procedure was developed for moving recently hatched broods of wild Wood Ducks (Aix sponsa) to stock suitable habitats. The most satisfactory technique utilized a release box, from which a wing-clipped hen and her ducklings were liberated together. Hens moved with newly hatched broods remained with their offspring and successfully reared them on the new areas. Eight of 87 female ducklings released were known to return to nest in later years. (AA) Copyright 1974 by The Wildlife Society.

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1970's methodology.

LOCATION: 2438 BIR

68. Carpenter, J.W. 1982. Medical and husbandry aspects of captive Andean Condors: a model for the California Condor. Annu. Proc. Am. Assoc. Zoo Vet. 1982:13-19.

ABSTRACT: In 1966, Andean Condors (Vultur gryphus) of various ages were captured in northern Argentina for experimental use at the Patuxent Wildlife Research Center. Using the Andean Condor as a research surrogate has led to findings that are directly applicable to the captive management and subsequent reintroduction of the endangered California Condor (Gymnogyps californianus). Knowledge in the following areas has been attained: husbandry; facilities; handling; chick growth and development; chick rearing; captive breeding; veterinary and surgical procedures; physiology and pathology; marking, banding, and radio telemetry techniques; and release methods. (JCA)

KEY WORDS: Cathartidae 1960's Maryland reproduction survival.

LOCATION: 2685 BIR

69. Carroll, J.P., and M.P. Thompson. 1986. Survival, dispersal, and home ranges of translocated Wild Turkeys in eastern Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:1-5.

ABSTRACT: The survival, dispersal, and home range of Wild Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo sylvestris) released into unoccupied habitat in eastern Kentucky was investigated. Twenty-four turkeys were captured in Virginia and western Kentucky, transported to the study area, and released. Ten of these birds were outfitted with radio transmitters prior to release. Fifty percent of the radio-tagged turkeys died during the first month after release, with 80% of the losses attributed to Great Horned Owl (Bubo virginianus) and gray fox (Urocyon cinereoargenteus) predation. No mortality occurred after one month, but all birds were ultimately lost due to radio or harness failure. Average maximum movements from the release site during the first 12 weeks post-release ranged from 0.95-1.75 km. Maximum dispersal was 8.0 km and occurred 6 weeks after release by a juvenile male. The average fall home range size was 197 ha for two males and 223 ha for four females. Winter and spring home ranges for three males averaged 413 ha and 239 ha, respectively. The summer home-range size for a single adult male was 47 ha. The mean three-season home range size for three males was 476 ha. Reproduction during the first breeding season after release indicated three broods of young turkeys were produced. The evidence suggests the presence of about a one-month adjustment post-release after which released turkeys appear to function as a resident population. It is apparent that the release of wild-trapped turkeys in eastern Kentucky, as undertaken in this study, results in at least short-term establishment of a reproducing population. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1980's translocation.

LOCATION: 2940 BIR

70. Cely, J.E. 1983. Comments on "relocating Red-cockaded Woodpeckers". Wildl. Soc. Bull. 11:189.

ABSTRACT: This comment presents a response to Odum et al.'s 1982 article (Wildl. Soc. Bull. 10:197-203). (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Picidae Picoides borealis.

LOCATION: 2906 BIR

71. Cherfas, J. 1989. Return of the native. New Sci. 121(1655):50-53.

ABSTRACT: Reintroduction has become accepted as an easy solution to species' decline. Although it may heighten interest in conservation, reintroduction often does no direct good for the species and diverts energy from more worthwhile causes such as improving wildlife habitat. Case studies of avian reintroduction attempts are reviewed. The importance of release site selection, timing of release, predator control at release sites, and public education are discussed. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Philosophy.

LOCATION: 2617 BIR

72. Christopher, K.L. 1980. A survey of Peregrine Falcon habitat in Upper Michigan with emphasis on reintroduction potential. M.S. Thesis. Michigan Tech. Univ., Houghton. 145pp.

ABSTRACT: A survey of Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) habitat in Upper Michigan was conducted. Records of 20 nestings at 13 different eyrie sites are reviewed. One of these eyries was active in 1971 and represents the last verified pair of peregrines nesting in the United States east of the Mississippi River. All historic eyries were surveyed and their present status is defined. In addition, 10 other areas with potential peregrine nesting habitat were located and surveyed. The results are considered a complete review of Peregrine Falcon nesting habitat in Upper Michigan. The reintroduction potential of the areas studied are evaluated. Organochlorine residue levels in potential prey and the status of Great Horned Owls (Bubo virginianus) are a major part of these evaluations. Four specific areas are considered the best potential release sites under present conditions. Population projections indicate a minimum of 10-15 young peregrines should be released every year for 5-10 years to establish a self-maintaining population. Once established, this initial population could expand and possibly provide the basic stock to reestablish Peregrine Falcons throughout the Lake Superior-Lake Michigan-Upper Mississippi region. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Falconidae surveys habitat evaluation.

LOCATION: 2826 BIR

73. Circolo dei Falconieri d'italia. 1974. Experimental reintroduction into the wild of a pair of eyass lanners. Captive Breeding of Diurnal Birds of Prey 1(5):8.

ABSTRACT: Because Peregrine and Lanner Falcon populations have declined in Italy, an experiment was designed to determine a successful method for reintroducing captive-reared falcons to the wild. Two lanners taken from their nests were hand-raised by falconers and released onto an uninhabited farm in July 1972 for a one month adaptation period. These birds were re-released in December when the hunting season was over. To promote their independence from humans, they were fed a uniform, abundant diet of chicken meat. The authors hypothesize that a desire for a varied diet forced these falcons into independence, as both falcons ceased returning to their feeding site and were seen pursuing wild prey on their own. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco biarmicus feldeggii 1970's methodology

LOCATION: 3161 BIR

74. Clark, L.G. 1985. Adjustment by transplanted Wild Turkeys to an Ohio farmland area. Proc. Natl. Wild Turkey Symp. 5:33-47.

ABSTRACT: The Eastern Wild Turkey (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris), once common throughout Ohio, now occurs in large numbers only in the southeastern Hill Country. Recent successes of introductions of Wild Turkeys into presumed marginal habitat prompted a similar release in west-central Ohio, where forest marginal habitat prompted a similar release in west-central Ohio, where forest cover is generally less than 30%. In this study, the survival, reproduction, habitat use, and movements of 25 turkeys fitted with radio transmitters were monitored for 16 months in 1983 and 1984. Nineteen birds with transmitters died from predation (five), probable transmitted-harness effects (five), and unknown causes (nine). Three of eight nesting hens produced at least 25 poults in 1983, and two monitored hens produced at least nine poults in 1984. Ten poults survived to winter flocking in 1983. Home ranges for all birds were larger in spring and fall than in summer and winter. The turkeys showed a preference for wooded cover, but no preference for the woodland interiors. They generally avoided agricultural land, especially large, open tracts, but fed in corn fields adjacent to woods in winter. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1980's methodology.

LOCATION: 3084 BIR

75. Compton, D. 1989. Hennepin Parks Trumpeter Swan restoration update. Pages 91-94 in Proceedings and Papers of the Twelfth Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. Restoring the Trumpeter Swan to the upper midwest. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN.

ABSTRACT: The Hennepin Parks restored Trumpeter Swan flock currently contains a free-flying component of 50-60 birds, with several breeding pairs, as well as a captive breeding program of 31 birds. All cygnets in the program are raised by adult swans. When the adults are ready to nest, the cygnets are transported to other refuges and held in subadult groups until their release at two years of age. A total of 85 birds were released in this fashion by 1988, but only one bird successfully reproduced by 1989. Mortality within the free-flying flock is high, with most losses occurring as a result of lead poisoning. Progress continues toward the goal of 100 free-flying birds containing 15 breeding pairs among them. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1980's Minnesota Cygnus buccinator

LOCATION: 4009 BIR

76. Conway, W. 1983. The Jean Delacour--International foundation for the conservation of birds symposium on breeding birds in captivity: summing up. Pages 289-295 in Proc. Jean Delacour/Int. Found. Conserv. of Birds Symp. on Breeding Birds in Captivity.

ABSTRACT: No one really knows how many wild birds are in captivity, or even how many are in private collections, but the role of aviculture in conserving endangered birds continues to increase. This paper identifies areas in which avicultural information is lacking, such as bird capture and transport techniques, determining genetic relatedness in small bird populations, care technologies for many rarely bred groups (i.e. highly insectivorous species or birds with lekking reproductive strategies), and the process of mate selection in breeding programs. Other concerns that relate to the development of a new avicultural approach such as centrally managing bird breeding efforts, continuity of effort, and specialization are discussed. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: effects rearing

LOCATION: 3121 BIR

77. Cooper, J.E. 1977. Veterinary problems of captive breeding and possible reintroduction of birds of prey. Int. Zoo Yearb. 17:32-38.

ABSTRACT: Captive propagation techniques for birds of prey are well established, but a number of health problems still exist. Captive birds must be maintained in good health to prevent the introduction of diseases, pathogens, or parasites to wild bird populations upon their release. Adequate housing and nutrition must be provided for captive birds. Breeding must be monitored with care; genetics and the avoidance of inbreeding are important considerations. Disease avoidance should be a major concern when working with captive raptors since confinement often leads to viral infections, bacterial diseases, and parasites. Birds must be regularly monitored and precautions taken to prevent the spread of disease. Birds sick or carrying pathogens or parasites should not be released into the wild. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Captive rearing reproduction.

LOCATION: 2999 (1611) BIR

78. Coulter, M.W., W. Crenshaw, G. Donovan, and J. Dorso. 1979. An experiment to establish a Goldeneye population. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 7:116-118.

ABSTRACT: A breeding population of Common Goldeneyes (Bucephala clangula) was established by stocking a marsh with four hens and their newly hatched broods of 43 ducklings. The birds were taken from nesting boxes at St. Albans Wildlife Management Area (WMA) in Maine and relocated to Ruffingham WMA in June 1972. Fifty-eight percent of released ducklings reached flying age. In 1973, seven immature Goldeneyes were observed at Ruffingham. Three released ducklings nested on the marsh the following year. Over a 5 year period, 118 eggs were laid and 103 ducklings produced from the original stock. This stocking technique may be suitable for other waterfowl species. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1970's.

LOCATION: 2907 BIR

79. Cowardin, L.M. 1961. The Wild Turkey in Massachusetts: an experiment in restoration. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Massachusetts, Amherst. 175pp.

ABSTRACT: The Wild Turkey (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris) was extirpated from Massachusetts in 1851. Game farm turkeys were successfully established on Naushon Island in Massachusetts from releases in 1922, 1923, 1938, 1939, and 1940. The island turkey population was estimated to be 100-200 birds in 1959. In 1960, two wild hens from West Virginia, six wild-trapped turkeys from Naushon Island, and nine pen-reared game farm hens were released on Prescott Peninsula in the Quabbin Reservation. Sixteen birds were present in two flocks in November 1960, and 13 (81.3%) survived to March 1961. In spring 1961, five Wild Turkeys from West Virginia were released on Prescott Peninsula. Eleven wild-trapped turkeys from New York were released on Mount Washington in Berkshire County in January 1961. At least six were still present in May. Twelve adult pen-reared game farm turkeys were released on October Mountain in Berkshire County in April 1961; their survival rate is unknown. The author recommends that this project continue with emphasis being placed on determining the survival and reproductive success of the previously stocked turkeys. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1960's reproduction techniques.

LOCATION: 3011 BIR

80. Craig, G.R., D.D. Berger, and J.H. Enderson. 1988. Peregrine management in Colorado. Pages 575-585 in T.J. Cade, J.H. Enderson, C.G. Thelander, and C.M. White, eds. Peregrine Falcon populations: their management and recovery. The Peregrine Fund, Inc. Boise, Idaho.

ABSTRACT: Peregrine Falcon management activities in Colorado have included hacking and fostering in an effort to boost peregrine numbers. Since 1978, 32 of 35 hacking attempts (93%) have succeeded. Of 154 peregrines released in these hacking efforts, 125 (81%) achieved independence. Failures of the other 29 young were due to premature disappearance, Great Horned Owl predation, Golden Eagle predation, collisions with fences and automobiles, and attack by adult peregrines. At least four hacked birds were believed to have bred within 2-5 years after their release. Out of 56 fostering attempts involving 192 young from 1974-1985, only four attempts failed. All failures occurred after the young had been adopted by adults. Fostering was 78% successful in fledging young (150 fledged out of 192 fostered). In addition to augmenting wild pair productivity, fostering helped to salvage 59 eggs deemed unhatchable in the wild, thereby increasing the expected hatch rate of wild eggs from 7% to 63%. Band recoveries on 13 released peregrines revealed movements from 24 to 4600km in length. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus mortality methodology

LOCATION: 4013 BIR

81. Craig, J.L., and M.E. Douglas. 1984. Bellbirds in Auckland and Northland. Notornis 31:82-86.

ABSTRACT: Bellbirds (Anthornis melanura) have been unsuccessful at naturally re-establishing themselves in Auckland and North Auckland, New Zealand, where they have been absent since the early 1900's. Although male birds move from the offshore islands to these areas, females seldom move such distances. Planned releases appear to be the only means of bellbird re-establishment in these areas. A 1931 release of 15 birds in Waitakeres failed. In 1983, 22 birds (12 females, 10 males) were released in Shakespeare Regional Park at the end of Whangaparaoa Peninsula. Many birds are still alive, and some pairs have established territories. Monitoring and supplementary releases are planned. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Contingidae 1980's.

LOCATION: 2930 BIR

82. DeFazio, J.T., Jr., M.A. Hunnicutt, M.R. Lennartz, G.L. Chapman, and J.A. Jackson. 1987. Red-cockaded Woodpecker translocation experiments in South Carolina. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 41:311-317.

ABSTRACT: Three female Red-cockaded Woodpeckers (Picoides borealis) were translocated and released separately into two colonies with resident bachelor males in April 1986. Two females paired with resident males at their release site. One pair fledged young in 1986, and both pairs fledged young in 1987. The translocation increased the local population from one to three pairs. Four nestling red-cockadeds were fostered in May 1987. All fostered young fledged. Flying squirrels (Glaucomys volans) in all active colonies threatened introductions and nesting attempts. To reduce competition for cavities, flying squirrels were captured and removed from cavities and nest box traps installed on cavity trees in active colonies. Results indicated that nest boxes have intercepted the majority of squirrels since August 1986, and thus may have reduced squirrel use of cavities. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Picidae 1980's.

LOCATION: 2620 BIR

83. Dekker, D., and G. Erickson. 1986. Releases of Peregrine Falcons in southern and central Alberta, 1976-1985. Alberta Nat. 16:1-3.

ABSTRACT: Peregrine Falcons that formerly nested on cliffs overlooking the North and South Saskatchewan River systems became locally extirpated by 1967. In attempts to reestablish the species in southern and central Alberta, the Canadian Wildlife Service and the Alberta Fish and Wildlife Division released 163 peregrines from 1976 to 1985. Although 87 of these birds were hacked from natural cliff sites, no peregrines were ever observed using river cliffs in central Alberta as a summer base. Some reintroduced falcons have, however, nested successfully in Edmonton and Calgary. This preference for urban habitat may be due to a reduction in prey populations brought about by recent habitat changes due to agricultural development. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's 1980's habitat

LOCATION: 3204 BIR

84. Derrickson, S.R. 1987. Captive propagation of Whooping Cranes, 1982-1984. Pages 377-386 in J.C. Lewis, ed. Proc. 1985 Crane Workshop. Platte River Whooping Crane Maintenance Trust, Grand Island, NE.

ABSTRACT: During the period 1982-1984, captive Whooping Cranes (Grus americana) at the Patuxent Wildlife Research Center (PWRC) produced 93 eggs. Fifty-eight eggs were retained at PWRC; 35 eggs were cross-fostered to wild pairs of Greater Sandhill Cranes (G. canadensis tabida) at Grays Lake National Wildlife Refuge (GLNWR) in southeastern Idaho. Thirty-two chicks were successfully fledged, 18 at PWRC and 14 at GLNWR. To increase the size and genetic composition of the captive flock, seven Whooping Crane eggs were collected in Wood Buffalo National Park (WBNP), Canada, and were transferred to PWRC between 1982 and 1984. Five of these eggs hatched and four chicks were raised. A single Whooping Crane chick was hatched and reared at the International Crane Foundation (ICF) in 1982. Although many problems have been encountered in propagating Whooping Cranes, the most significant historical factor limiting production has been the small size of the captive flock. The loss of eight birds (two males, six females) at PWRC in 1984 has unfortunately magnified this problem. In order to increase the size and productivity of the captive flock and rectify the currently male-skewed sex ratio, it is recommended that: (1) egg transfers from wild pairs in WBNP be continued indefinitely; and (2) egg transfers from PWRC to GLNWR be discontinued for the next several years. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae 1980's survival mortality reproduction.

LOCATION: 2642 BIR

85. Derrickson, S.R., and J.W. Carpenter. 1983. Techniques for reintroducing cranes to the wild. Annu. Proc. Am. Assoc. Zoo Vet. 1983:148-152.

ABSTRACT: Some captive techniques available for bolstering wild crane populations include fostering and cross-fostering captive-produced eggs to wild birds and reintroducing captive-reared cranes into migratory and non-migratory populations by hard and gentle releases. The Patuxent Wildlife Research Center, in cooperation with other agencies, supports an active reintroduction program for the Whooping Crane (Grus americana) and the Mississippi Sandhill Crane (G. canadensis pulla). Results to date indicate that the fostering and cross fostering of captive-produced eggs to the wild is a viable reintroduction technique and that birds that are hand-reared by conventional procedures are generally not suitable for release. Experimental releases have demonstrated that post-release survivorship is increased when birds are released at <2 years of age and when gentle release procedures (i.e., prerelease conditioning, supplemental feeding) are used. (JCA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae Maryland methodology mortality reproduction.

LOCATION: 2750 (1296) BIR

86. Derrickson, S.R., and J.W. Carpenter. 1987. Behavioral management of captive cranes - factors influencing propagation and reintroduction. Pages 493-511 in G. W. Archibald, and R. F. Pasquier, eds., Proc. 1983 Int. Crane Workshop, Int. Crane Found., Baraboo, WI, 595pp.

ABSTRACT: The cranes are a relatively small and ancient avian family; the 15 extant species share many biological and behavioral characteristics. Many of the techniques currently used in maintaining and propagating cranes in captivity exploit these common attributes, and consequently can generally be applied, with little or no modification, to a number of species. We describe the relationship and discuss some of the principal behavioral characteristics that have influenced and shaped current methods used in managing, propagating, and reintroducing captive cranes. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae historical account cross fostering.

LOCATION: 2997 (1295) BIR

87. Deuel, B.E. 1974. Results of an attempted reintroduction of Masked Bobwhites into southern Arizona. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Arizona, Tucson. 66 pp.

ABSTRACT: Movements, habitat use, reproduction, and survival of 252 pen-reared Masked Bobwhites released in southern Pima County, Arizona, were studied from 9 July 1971 to 4 March 1972. Four bobwhites were tracked for up to 12 days by means of radio transmitters. Expected life and range of transmitters were not achieved in any instance. Birds disappeared from release sites in an average of 27 days (range 6 to 64). Released birds stayed within 0.5 mile of the point of release. Maximum movement recorded before disappearance was 1.0 mile. Open grass areas were utilized for feeding, roosting, breeding, and travel lanes. Denser cover along washes was used for travel, resting, and escape. No nests were found. One brood of two young was trapped and banded; back-ageing indicated they hatched between 18-25 September. An additional hatched bird was observed during August 1972. Maximum known survival of birds from five releases ranged from 23 to 147 days, averaging 86 days. Only two mortalities were found, attributed to a Cooper's Hawk and an unknown mammal. This attempt to reintroduce masked bobwhites into Arizona was unsuccessful. Reasons for this lack of success were discussed and recommendations for future releases were made. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Phasianidae Colinus virginianus ridgwayi 1970's telemetry.

LOCATION: 126 BIR

88. Donohoe, R.W., and C.E. McKibben. 1973. History of Wild Turkey (Meleagris gallopavo) transplants in the Ohio Hill Country. Ohio J. Sci. 73:96-102.

ABSTRACT: Wild Turkeys inhabiting Ohio have been extinct since 1904. Between February 1956 and November 1971, therefore, a total of 397 wild-trapped turkeys was released on 16 forested sites in the Ohio Hill Country, 142 received from other states and 255 transplanted from other Ohio sites. Field investigations following these releases have documented the subsequent re-establishment of the Wild Turkey in the state. In 1972 significant turkey populations were known to exist in 92 townships in 17 counties (Jefferson, Monroe, Washington, Morgan, Perry, Hocking, Athens, Meigs, Vinton, Gallia, Jackson, Ross, Highland, Pike, Lawrence, Scioto, and Adams). (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1950's 1960's 1970's stocking.

LOCATION: 2905 BIR

89. Dornbusch, M. 1982. Status, ecology and conservation of Great Bustard in the German Democratic Republic. Pages 89-90 in P.D. Goriup and H. Vardhan, eds. Bustards in decline. Tourism and Wildl. Soc. India, Jaipur.

ABSTRACT: The palaearctic subspecies of Bustard Otis tarda has declined in the German Democratic Republic from a stock of 4, 000 in 1940 to only 500 in 1979. From 1968-1979, 225 captive-reared young Bustards were released in the German Democratic Republic. Captive hatching success is 60-80%, and rearing rate of hatched young is 40-70%. Artificial rearing rate from eggs is 25-40% greater than natural hatching. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Otididae 1960's 1970's captive rearing.

LOCATION: 2695 BIR

90. Doty, H.A. 1983. Canvasback introduction in west-central Minnesota. Prairie Nat. 15:23-28.

ABSTRACT: Waterfowl transplants have generally been intended to establish, reinstate, or supplement local breeding populations. Results have sometimes been unsuccessful but Sugden (1976, J. Wildl. Manage. 40:716-720) recounted some notable successes with Gadwalls (Anas strepera), Wood Ducks (Aix sponsa), and Mallards (Anas platyrhynchos). Birds for release to the wild have often been produced by wild-strain captive flocks. The Delta Waterfowl Research Station (DWRS) in Manitoba and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Northern Prairie Wildlife Research Center (NPWRC) at Jamestown, North Dakota, concurrently developed propagation methods for captive Canvasbacks (Aythya valisineria). Young birds from those sources were used in 1979 to experimentally supplement a natural breeding population which was nearly non-existent in the vicinity of the Canvasback introduction. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 3077 BIR

91. Doty, H.A., and A.D. Kruse. 1972. Techniques for establishing local breeding populations of Wood Ducks. J. Wildl. Manage. 36:428-435.

ABSTRACT: A study was conducted on the Arrowwood National Wildlife Refuge in east-central North Dakota to further evaluate a technique for establishing nesting Wood Ducks (Aix sponsa) by releasing propagated birds and installing nest houses. No Wood Duck nesting had been recorded previously in the area. During May-July 1968, 253 ducklings, hand-reared at the Northern Prairie Wildlife Research Center near Jamestown, North Dakota, were released when 9 to 16 days old into a 0.5-acre enclosure on the refuge, where they grew to flight stage and departed. Seventy-eight nest houses were installed in August on the refuge. About 76 percent of the ducks survived until late September, when southward migration began. The first-year band recovery rate by hunters of 4.7 percent was comparable to that of wild immature Wood Ducks. Most recoveries occurred between North Dakota and Minnesota in the north and Texas and Louisiana in the south. There were 16 nesting attempts, which produced 175 ducklings, by homing female Wood Ducks in the boxes in 1969. The number of nesting attempts increased to 34 in 1970, with a production of 311 ducklings. (AA) Copyright 1972 by The Wildlife Society.

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1960's 1970's methodology.

LOCATION: 2437 BIR

92. Downes, M. 1982. Re-establishment of the Bustard in Victoria. Pages 9-15 in C.B. Banks, ed. Proc. Australasian Soc. Zoo Keepers. Rare, endangered and limited-gene-pool species in Australasia.

ABSTRACT: The Australian Bustard was historically common in Victoria until 1870, when all grasslands came under intensive use for livestock grazing. The last recorded egg was found in 1925, and no breeding activities have been seen since 1978 in the small number of birds that remain in the wild. A management program for this species has been developed, which includes the maintenance and improvement of selected grassland habitats, the use of experimental breeding colonies containing captive bustards within the selected habitats, the release of free-flying young from the captive colonies, and the examination of bustards for ecological differences in various parts of their range. Twenty-five birds were brought to Victoria during 1965-1967 and another 12 in 1981 to establish successful breeding groups at the Serendip Wildlife Station. Currently, more than 60 bustards reside at Serendip and the annual production from about 12 adults is 12 young. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Australia habitat captive rearing Ardeotis australis Otididae

LOCATION: 3116 BIR

93. Drewien, R.C., and E.G. Bizeau. 1977. Cross-fostering Whooping Cranes to Sandhill Crane foster parents. Pages 201-222 in S.A. Temple, ed. Endangered birds: management techniques for preserving threatened species. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: In May 1975, the Canadian Wildlife Service and the United States Fish and Wildlife Service began a cooperative experiment to reintroduce Whooping Cranes into the Rocky Mountain region of the United States. Wild Whooping Crane eggs that were collected from Wood Buffalo National Park, Northwest Territories, Canada, were transported to Grays Lake National Wildlife Refuge, Idaho, where they were placed into the nests of Greater Sandhill Cranes. The Greater Sandhill Cranes selected as foster parents accepted and hatched Whooping Crane eggs and subsequently accepted young, regardless of the duration of the incubation period. Out of 40 eggs hatched during 1975-1976, 13 young fledged, with only six fledglings surviving to the age of one year. Normal family bonds were maintained in these foster parent families, and these families successfully migrated to pre-selected wintering areas in the middle Rio Grande Valley, New Mexico. Each spring, these families also returned to the San Luis Valley, Colorado before most juvenile Whooping Cranes separated from their foster parents. Interactions between cross-fostered Whooping Cranes during the spring of 1977 suggested that the cranes were capable of locating and identifying each other even when amongst large flocks of sandhills. Whooping Cranes reared by Sandhill Crane foster parents also demonstrated an ability to adapt and survive using grain crops as a principal food source during much of the year. This greatly expands the potential areas to which the birds could be reintroduced. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae Grus americana Grus canadensis tabida 1970's

LOCATION: 2600 BIR

94. Drewien, R.C., S.R. Derrickson, and E.G. Bizeau. 1981. Experimental release of captive parent-reared Greater Sandhill Cranes at Grays Lake Refuge, Idaho. Pages 99-111 in J.C. Lewis, ed. Proc. 1981 Crane Workshop. Grand Tetons Natl. Park, WY. August 1981. Natl. Audubon Soc., Tavernier, FL.

ABSTRACT: Eleven captive, parent-reared Greater Sandhill Cranes (Grus canadensis tabida) were transported from the Patuxent Wildlife Research Center (PWRC), Maryland, to Grays Lake National Wildlife Refuge (GLNWR), Idaho, and released into the wild on 18 June 1980. Experimental birds included five 1-year-olds, two 2-year-olds, and four 3-year-olds. All individuals were marked with color-coded plastic leg bands and radio transmitters before their release. Prerelease conditioning to barley was accomplished at PWRC and birds were released directly into the wild upon arrival at GLNWR. Information on postrelease behavior, including movements, associations, activity patterns, and social interactions, was gathered by direct observation and radiotelemetry. Although most released cranes soon adapted activity patterns similar to wild birds, they spent proportionately more time foraging and preening, and less time in vigilant behavior than wild cranes. Associations among released cranes were especially apparent with the 2-and 3-year olds. Although all released cranes interacted with wild cranes, only one bird formed a discernible association with a wild individual. Seven released cranes survived to migrate south in October; however, only one bird was subsequently located on the New Mexico wintering grounds despite intensive ground and aerial searches. This study suggests that younger cranes are probably better candidates for release programs, and that preconditioning at the release site might increase survival. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae 1980's.

LOCATION: 2649 BIR

95. Edwards, M.G. 1978. Recovery efforts for the Peregrine Falcon in the Southeast. Pages 85-87 in R.R. Odom and L. Landers, eds. Proc. Rare and Endangered Wildl. Symp. Athens, GA. August 1978.

ABSTRACT: This paper outlines the history and decline of the Eastern Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus anatum). Trapping and banding techniques, locations and results are described. A brief summary of the restoration plan is included. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae review paper trapping techniques.

LOCATION: 2669 BIR

96. Ellingwood, C. 1989. 1988 Peregrine Falcon release project in Ottawa. Trail Landscape 23(2):66-71.

ABSTRACT: In 1988, ten captive-reared Peregrine Falcons were hacked from atop two different buildings in Ottawa as part of a mass release program. These two releases were complicated by the presence of an adult peregrine that remained in the downtown area over the summer. As older birds have been known to attack and occasionally kill newly released falcons, a third release of five peregrines was moved to a building outside of Ottawa. All 15 peregrines were believed to have survived the critical first few weeks after release. One young bird was seen killing an immature Ring-billed Gull shortly after its release, and another was observed hunting in Syracuse, New York in September. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus anatum 1980's hacking Canada

LOCATION: 3072 BIR

97. Ellis, D.H., S.J. Dobrott, and J.G. Goodwin, Jr. 1977. Reintroduction techniques for Masked Bobwhites. Pages 345-354 in S.A. Temple, ed. Endangered birds: management techniques for preserving threatened species. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: Several techniques were tried in a search for the most suitable method of reintroducing the endangered Masked Bobwhite to Arizona ranges. Covey-box training and male Texas Bobwhite foster-parent adoptions were found to be the most feasible techniques. Covey-box training requires a large area to prevent mixing of birds from various covey-boxes, holding the birds for an average of 31 weeks, and can only be used from late fall to early spring when birds normally run in coveys. The adoption program allows for the release of a large number of birds in a three month period from a small area with minimal expense, but can only be done following the summer rains when food is available for the chicks. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Colinus virginianus ridgwayi Phasianidae habitat methodology

LOCATION: 2602 BIR

98. Ellison, L.N. 1963. Evaluation of the Wild Turkey restoration experiment in Massachusetts. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Massachusetts, Amherst. 141pp.

ABSTRACT: This thesis evaluates turkey (Meleagris gallopavo) releases of wild and game farm birds made in Massachusetts in the early 1960's and recommends potential release sites for future transplants. Twenty-two turkeys were released on the Quabbin Reservation in 1960 and 1961. In fall 1962, the population was estimated to be 50 turkeys. The following spring, only 16 turkeys were located. A self-sustaining population may be established. Of three areas in Berkshire County where turkeys were released, only one, Mount Washington, may have established a turkey population. Birds had survived and reproduced 1 year post-release; however, they were being fed by a local resident. Starvation losses appear to be high when seeps and streams are frozen or snow-covered for more than 4 consecutive weeks after February 1. The author recommends that pure Wild Turkeys be obtained from other states for future releases rather than using game farm stock. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1960's reproduction survival techniques. LOCATION: 3012 BIR

99. Engel, J.M., and F.B. Isaacs. 1982. Bald Eagle translocation techniques: North Central Region report. U.S. Dept. Inter. Fish Wildl. Serv., Twin Cities, MN. 51 pp.

ABSTRACT: Translocation of bald eagles has been attempted with eggs, eaglets, and adults. Hacking, fostering and cross-fostering have been used in these efforts with stock coming from the wild, captive-breeding programs, and rehabilitation centers. Accounts of translocation efforts from 1974 to 1981 are documented along with discussions on techniques used and behavior observed. Conclusions and management considerations are presented for the planning of future programs. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus leucocephalus California Georgia Maine Missouri New York Ohio Pennsylvania Tennessee Virginia 1970's 1980's planning.

LOCATION: 36 BIR

100. Erickson, R.C., and J.W. Carpenter. 1983. Captive condor propagation and recommended release procedures. Pages 385-399 in S.R. Wilbur and J.A. Jackson, eds. Vulture biology and management. Univ. California Press, Berkeley.

ABSTRACT: In 1980, 11 Andean Condors (Vultur gryphus), seven parent-reared at the Patuxent Wildlife Research Center and four hand-reared at the New York Zoological Park, were transported to Peru. Following conditioning, each bird was fitted with a radio transmitter and released to the wild. Two condors died, apparently of causes unrelated to the release technique. In July 1981, the remaining nine birds were doing well and successfully interacting with their wild counterparts. Close monitoring of released birds and refinement of rearing techniques for future young may eventually lead to California Condor (Gymnogyps californianus) releases. The need for Phase II of the study, transplanting condors of various ages, will be contingent upon the success of the first phase. (JCA)

KEY WORDS: Cathartidae 1960's 1970's 1980's Maryland captive propagation telemetry.

LOCATION: 2650 BIR

101. Evans, J.E., J. Coleman, and S.G. Galatowitsch. 1983. Minnesota's Peregrine Falcon reintroduction project: 1982 hack site report. Loon 55:3-8.

ABSTRACT: In 1982, five fledgling peregrines were hacked from a tower in southeastern Minnesota, along the Mississippi River. One peregrine was killed by Great Horned Owls, and a second was injured in a trap, but was successfully recovered for treatment. The three remaining peregrines are entirely wild, and represent a first step toward establishment of a breeding population in Minnesota and Wisconsin. Further releases are scheduled for 1983. (AS)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1980's release.

LOCATION: 2917 BIR

102. Evrard, J.O. 1983. Gadwall Duck introduction in northwestern Wisconsin. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 71(2): 57-59.

ABSTRACT: Gadwall (Anas strepera) ducklings were released into unoccupied habitat in northwestern Wisconsin in 1970 and 1972 in an effort to establish a breeding population. Despite heavy first-year hunting mortality, sufficient survivors returned in subsequent years to establish a model but successful breeding population. Releasing a large number of ducklings can overcome the initial heavy hunting mortality. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1970's dispersal.

LOCATION: 3074 BIR

103. Faaborg, J. 1984. Potential for restocking Galapagos Hawks on islands where they have been extirpated. Not. Galapagos 39: 28-30.

ABSTRACT: Our conservative estimate is that 30 birds could be removed from Santiago annually without affecting breeding populations there. Apparently hawk populations on other islands could also support some removal. It is possible that stocking a mixed population would be a good idea to maximize genetic variation. All of our evidence supports the view that hawk reproduction greatly exceeds the number of adults needed to replace the yearly mortality among the space-limited breeding birds. In fact, the evolution of such a rare mating system as cooperative polyandry is probably a result of this factor. This is definitely a "harvestable" population. (AS)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Buteo galapagoensis 1980's.

LOCATION: 3036 BIR

104. Fala, R.A., A. Anderson, and J.P. Ward. 1985. Highwall-to-pole Golden Eagle nest site relocations. Raptor Res. 19:1-7.

ABSTRACT: Golden Eagles Aquila chrysaetos constructed nests and produced young at two cliff-like mine highwalls at a southcentral Wyoming surface coal operation. The nests were in areas formerly unoccupied by nesting eagles, a result of the mining process creating suitable nesting habitat. Nest site availability is believed to be a local limiting factor on Golden Eagle productivity. Existing state and/or federal reclamation laws require the elimination of highwalls. Other laws, however, forbid the removal of Golden Eagle nests. To resolve this conflict and improve management of eagles, the nestling relocation technique was implemented to move nest sites to man-made nesting platforms mounted on poles. Behavioral responses of the adult eagles to the relocations indicated a high degree of parental attachment to young as well as nesting adaptability. Management implications of the technique are promising, particularly as they relate to mitigation for highwall nesting eagles and possibly other raptor species. However, further research is needed for this practice to be of predictive value for eagle behavior and response after relocation. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1980's.

LOCATION: 2796 BIR

105. Fentzloff, C. 1978. Breeding and release of the White-tailed Sea Eagle (Haliaeetus albicilla) as performed by the Deutsche Greifenwarte Burg Guttenberg. Pages 97-103 in T.A. Geer, ed. Bird of prey management techniques. British Falconer's Club, Oxford.

ABSTRACT: In 1977, White-tailed Sea Eagles were artificially bred and hand-reared for the first time at the Deutsche Greifenwarte breeding station in Germany. Two pairs of captive eagles produced five eggs, and two eggs from an abandoned eyrie in Schleswig-Holstein were incubated and hatched. Four young were fostered to eyries in Schleswig-Holstein and Sweden. A pair of captive sea eagles that failed to produce a brood accepted one of the abandoned chicks. The other chick was placed in an artificial eyrie and successfully fledged. An eagle produced in 1976 is being trained to fly and hunt in preparation of an experimental adult release. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's.

LOCATION: 2835 BIR

106. Fentzloff, C. 1983. Breeding artificial incubation and release of White-tailed Sea Eagles Haliaeetus albicilla. Int. Zoo Yearb. 23:18-35.

ABSTRACT: Eight pairs of White-tailed Sea Eagles (Haliaeetus albicilla) are currently in captivity at the German Raptor Center in Burg Guttenberg. Criteria have been set up to determine the geographic origin of birds brought to the center to synchronize courtship cycles. Four pairs have laid eggs; three of these pairs have reared 25 young. Twenty sea eagles have been released onto present breeding areas, wintering grounds, and formerly occupied breeding areas. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's 1980's Germany captive pair formation courtship diet hand-rearing hatching mating veterinary care.

LOCATION: 2794 BIR

107. Fjetland, C.A. 1987. Comments on Whooping Crane recovery activities. Pages 312-314 in J.C. Lewis, ed. Proc. 1985 Crane Workshop. Platte River Whooping Crane Maintenance Trust, Grand Island, NE.

ABSTRACT: The primary objectives of the Whooping Crane (Grus americana) recovery are to increase the Wood Buffalo National Park (Canada) population to 40 nesting pairs and to establish two or more additional populations with at least 25 nesting pairs each. Recent crane conservation activities have included identification of eastern sites for future Whooping Crane introductions, studies to investigate mortality and crippling associated with powerlines, and the appointment by the Fish and Wildlife Service of a coordinator to oversee crane conservation activity nationally and internationally. The Canadian Wildlife Service has appointed a similar coordinator. Current recovery efforts are paving the way to a successful future for crane conservation. By 1989, there should be a significant cohort of breeding age birds at Grays Lake, Idaho, and if they successfully reproduce, this area may become one of the additional populations of the recovery objectives. The captive population of Whooping Cranes at Patuxent Wildlife Research Center may be producing up to 40 eggs per year by 1989 and may be able to support two release programs. Lastly, the eastern studies should be completed in 1988, and if a suitable site is found, releases could begin in 1989. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae.

LOCATION: 2642 BIR

108. Flack, J.A.D. 1977. Interisland transfers of New Zealand Black Robins. Pages 365-372 in S.A. Temple, ed. Endangered birds: management techniques for preserving threatened species. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: Although the original population of Black Robins on Little Mangere Island may have numbered 20 to 30 pairs, the world's population of this species fell to only seven individuals between 1973 and 1976, due to a decrease in critical forest and scrub habitats. Successful experiments conducted with the more abundant South Island Robins suggested interisland transfers could be a feasible approach to boosting the Black Robin population. Because no other islands in the area contained suitable habitat, nearby Mangere Island was planted with trees in 1973. Although the plan was to allow ten years for the development of this new habitat, critical declines in the Black Robin population dictated that the translocation would need to occur sooner. In September 1976, the New Zealand Wildlife Service transferred five of the last seven remaining Black Robins from Little Mangere to Mangere Island. The transplanted robins immediately accepted the new habitat, formed new pair bonds, and began to show breeding behaviors. One chick was hatched eight weeks after the transfer and eventually fledged. The two remaining males on Little Mangere were moved to Mangere Island in 1977. Ultimately, the planned rescue of this species depends on development of large populations in good habitat on at least two islands. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Petroica traversi 1970's methodology reproduction Turdidae

LOCATION: 2603 BIR

109. Fodor, T., F. Palnik, and I. Sterbetz. 1982. Experiences on the repatriation of artificially reared Great Bustards (Otis t. tarda L. 1758) in Hungary. Aquila 88:65-77.

ABSTRACT: The goal of the Hungarian Great Bustard (Otis t. tarda) repatriation program is to improve the structure and genetic state of wild populations. Three methods of repatriation and experiences with each are reviewed. The most successful method has been voluntary repatriation. Birds are maintained in a large enclosure, human contact is limited, and the birds may voluntarily leave the enclosure. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Otididae imprinting.

LOCATION: 2785 BIR

110. Fowkes, R.E., and R.J. Medve. 1986. Economic and recreational impact of Wild Turkey restoration in northwest Pennsylvania. Proc. Pa. Acad. Sci. 60:179-182.

ABSTRACT: Turkey hunters in northwestern Pennsylvania (NW PA) spent an average of 9.6 da hunting turkeys during the spring season and 8.1 da during the fall. A total of 1,619,475 hunter days were spent each year hunting turkeys in NW PA. To harvest one turkey in NW PA required 243 hunter days. Of the 98% of NW PA turkey hunters who hunt other small game, 69% reported a reduction in the number of days spent hunting other small game. The NE quadrant of NW PA was the preferred hunting area. More money was spent for food and travel in the NE quadrant than in any other area of NW PA. Annually, NW PA turkey hunters spent $25,334,820 for food and travel, $2,300,587 for equipment, and $833,588 for licenses. The $28,468,995 spent annually by NW PA turkey hunters translates into a yearly expenditure of $311/ hunter of $4,273 harvested turkey. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae Meleagris gallopavo surveys.

LOCATION: 3032 BIR

111. Franklin, J., and D.W. Steadman. 1988. Conservation of Polynesian birds through species introduction. Bull. Ecol. Soc. Am. Suppl. 69:137.

ABSTRACT: We are developing a plan to conserve endangered species of landbirds in eastern Polynesia (Marquesas, Tuamotu, Austral, Pitcairn, Society, and Cook island groups). Bones from the Polynesian archeological sites have shown that virtually all extant species of land birds survive on only a fraction of the islands that they inhabited before the arrival of people. It may be possible to reintroduce these species on other islands that once were part of their natural range. This depends on a thorough knowledge of the habitat requirements of the birds, and the location and status of suitable habitat on other islands. Our pilot study in the southern Cook Islands shows that frugivorous birds are almost entirely dependent on indigenous trees for food, and in some cases require dense forest cover for nesting. The current status of the vegetation was analyzed using aerial photography, satellite imagery and field surveys. Even on islands where the human population, and it's dependence on the land for subsistence, is on the decline, as much as 20% of the remaining forest has been destroyed recently for human settlements, firewood and agriculture. We recommend that uninhabited islands be chosen for preserves. Without these or similar efforts, many of these species are likely to become extinct before the close of the twentieth century. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only methodology.

LOCATION: 2623 BIR

112. Franzreb, K.E. 1989. Ecology and conservation of the endangered Least Bell's Vireo. U.S. Dep. Inter., Fish and Wildl. Serv. Bio. Rep. 89(1). 17pp.

ABSTRACT: At one time considered common, the Least Bell's Vireo (Vireo bellii pusillus) was distributed throughout the Central Valley and other low elevation riverine systems in California and Baja California, Mexico, but now has been extirpated from the majority of its breeding range. Habitat loss from agricultural, urban, and commercial activities, as well as other habitat modifying actions has severely restricted the bird's range. Predation by Brown-headed Cowbirds is now the major problem in the few remaining habitats of this endangered bird. Extensive suitable riparian habitat for the Least Bell's Vireo must be secured and protected so that the population may be secured and protected so that it may increase and be maintained in perpetuity. Methods to reintroduce vireos into the Central Valley and other areas within the historical range that are presently unoccupied should be evaluated. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Vireonidae historical account life history.

LOCATION: 2992 (1397) BIR

113. Fyfe, R.W. 1977. Reintroducing endangered birds to the wild: a review. Pages 323-329 in S.A. Temple, ed. Endangered birds: management techniques for preserving threatened species. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: The reintroduction of endangered birds back into their habitats is a challenge that has so far rarely been met. Success in the form of island colonizations, introduction of exotic birds, and the stocking of gamebirds can provide some considerations relevant to the problems reintroductions face. While the best candidates for successful reintroductions have high reproductive rates, are ecological generalists, and are gregarious flocking species, most endangered birds are characterized by low reproductive rates, highly specialized ecological requirements, and solitary social organizations. Because managers dealing with endangered birds typically do not have large numbers to work with, intensive efforts must be focused on the crucial early stages just after their release into the wild. Once released birds have bred, additional reintroductions, continued production, and careful management may be necessary to produce a self-sustaining population. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: history captive-reared survival

LOCATION: 2602 BIR

114. Fyfe, R.W. 1987. The Peregrine Falcon. Prov. Mus. Alta. Nat. Hist. Occas. Pap. No. 9:209-216.

ABSTRACT: Peregrine Falcon population and pesticide monitoring were initiated in Canada in 1967 due to concern generated at the first Peregrine Falcon Population Conference in Wisconsin in 1966. During a survey in 1970, it became evident that the anatum race had all but disappeared from its former range south of the boreal forest and east of the Rocky Mountains. The Canadian Wildlife Service took 12 young anatum peregrines into captivity in 1972 at the Wainwright Peregrine Falcon Breeding Facility to maintain the gene pool, determine captive breeding methods, and determine reestablishment methods should breeding be successful. The first peregrines were produced at the Wainwright facility in 1974. Experimental releases involving fostering of young to wild parents, cross-fostering, hacking, and multiple-hack releases followed in both rural and urban areas. In 1977, these experimental releases were considered successful, as the first captive-bred anatum peregrines were observed breeding in the wild in Canada. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus anatum methodology reproduction

LOCATION: 3237 BIR

115. Fyfe, R.W. 1988. The Canadian Peregrine Falcon recovery program, 1967-1985. Pages 599-610 in T.J. Cade, J.H. Enderson, C.G. Thelander, and C.M. White, eds. Peregrine Falcon populations: their management and recovery. The Peregrine Fund, Inc. Boise, ID.

ABSTRACT: Canadian Peregrine Falcon reintroductions were initiated in 1975 as experimental releases in western Canada. These have continued and increased annually to the present time with more than 500 birds released in eight provinces and two territories. Releases have been carried out at historical breeding sites, in urban areas by hacking, by fostering, and experimentally through cross-fostering. All releases have been of stock produced in captivity at both private and government breeding facilities. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's captive breeding.

LOCATION: 2638 BIR

116. Fyfe, R.W. 1976. Rationale and success of the Canadian Wildlife Service Peregrine Breeding Project. Can. Field Nat. 90:308-319.

ABSTRACT: The Canadian Wildlife Service Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) breeding project is a positive attempt to maintain gene pools of this species for future reintroduction into its former range. The project originated directly from the response by the 34th Federal-Provincial Wildlife Conference to the decline of F. p. anatum and F. p. tundrius that was recorded in the 1970 North American Peregrine Survey. Other species have been included in the project for experimental problem-solving. Research has been necessary relative to pair formation, imprinting, artificial incubation, and reintroduction. The project has been successful in captive breeding of four falcon species and in experimental releases utilizing fostering and cross-fostering techniques. Considerable refinement is necessary in both breeding and release techniques. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1970's hacking cross-fostering fostering double clutching.

LOCATION: 2478 BIR

117. Fyfe, R.W. 1985. Canadian peregrine releases. Page 10 in Abstr. 1985 Int. Peregrine Conf., Symp. the Manage. Birds of Prey Int. Meet., Sacramento, CA. November 1985. Raptor Res. Found.

ABSTRACT: Canadian anatum peregrine reintroductions were initiated in 1975 as experimental releases in western Canada. These have continued and increased annually to the present time with more than 500 birds released in eight provinces and two territories. Releases have been carried out at historical breeding sites, in urban areas by hacking, fostering, and experimentally through cross-fostering. All releases have been of anatum stock produced in captivity at both private and government breeding facilities. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's captive breeding.

LOCATION: 2957 BIR

118. Fyfe, R.W., and H.I. Armbruster. 1977. Raptor research and management in Canada. Pages 282-293 in R.D. Chancellor, ed. Rep. Proc. World Conf. Birds of Prey. Vienna. October 1975. Int. Counc. for Bird Preservation.

ABSTRACT: Due to a pesticide contamination induced decline of Peregrine Falcons, the Canadian Wildlife Service decided to take 12 peregrines into captivity in 1970 for captive breeding and reintroduction. Additional birds of prey were subsequently donated by falconers, and 22 Peregrine Falcons, 3 Gyrfalcons, 30 Prairie Falcons, and 3 Richardson's Merlins were successfully raised. Nineteen of the Prairie Falcons were released through hacking, cross-fostering and fostering. In 1975, six peregrines were introduced through fostering. In 1970 and 1974, double clutching experiments successfully doubled production of three pairs of peregrines in Alberta. Cross-fostering experiments also allowed 21 young, captive-raised falcons to fledge from nests of Ferruginous, Red-tailed, and Swainson's Hawks. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Accipitridae 1970's methodology Falco peregrinus

LOCATION: 3158 BIR

119. Fyfe, R.W., H. Armbruster, U. Banasch, and L.J. Beaver. 1977. Fostering and cross-fostering of birds of prey. Pages 183-193 in S.A. Temple, ed. Endangered birds: management techniques for preserving endangered species. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: Fostering, cross fostering, double clutching, and sequential egg-removal are techniques useful for increasing productivity of many raptor species. Numerous experiments conducted since 1967 by the Canadian Wildlife Service showed that Peregrine and Prairie Falcons were capable of double- or triple-clutching after experimental removal of their eggs. To maximize production in peregrines from northern latitudes (who do not normally renest), an alternative strategy of sequential egg-removal was developed. Experiments conducted from 1973-1977 revealed that fostering of eggs and young produced in captivity to wild Peregrine and Prairie Falcons was also a viable technique. For areas where there are no longer remnant breeding populations, a technique of cross-fostering Peregrine and Prairie Falcon eggs and young to the nests of Peregrine Falcons, Prairie Falcons, and Gyrfalcons, as well as Ferruginous, Red-tailed, and Swainson's Hawks was found to be successful. Few rejections of eggs (2 out of 100) and no rejections of young in either fostering or cross-fostering situations were noted. Except for cases of natural mortality, all of the fostered or cross-fostered young fledged successfully. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1970's Falco peregrinus Falco mexicanus Accipitridae reproduction methodology

LOCATION: 2599 BIR

120. Gadwa, G.W. 1977. Experimental transplanting of wild Wood Duck hens and broods in northern Idaho. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Idaho, Moscow. 40 pp.

ABSTRACT: Wild Wood Duck hens and their broods were removed from nesting boxes in the Coeur d'Alene Wildlife Management Area in northern Idaho and moved to suitable unused habitats. Hens were wing-clipped and eleven were equipped with radio transmitters and released with their broods under controlled conditions at preselected transplant sites. Hens remained with their young and successfully reared them on the new areas. Seven of an estimated 69 females transplanted as day-old ducklings returned to the transplant areas to nest the following spring. The nesting return rate to the transplant areas for relocated ducklings was almost identical to the nesting return rate established in other Wood Duck research for ducklings not transplanted. Six of the seven returned yearling hens produced young. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Aix sponsa 1970's telemetry.

LOCATION: 125 BIR

121. Garcelon, D.K. 1988. The reintroduction of Bald Eagles on Santa Catalina Island, California. M.S. Thesis. Humboldt State Univ., CA.

ABSTRACT: From 1980 through 1984, 20 Bald Eagles were translocated to Santa Catalina Island in an effort to reintroduce this species to the California Channel Islands. All birds were reared on hacking platforms, and subsisted on food provided by the investigators for up to seven weeks of age. Sixteen of the eagles (84%) fledged the same day they were released. Seven known cases of mortality occurred due to shooting, electrocution on high power lines, and intraspecific aggression. Birds in their first year used chaparral habitat primarily, while second year birds preferred relict coastal sage, oak woodland, and relict oak woodland. Third year birds were found primarily in relict oak woodland and grassland. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus leucocephalus methodology 1980's

LOCATION: BIR

122. Gillette, L.N., and J.V. Englund. 1985. The Hennepin County Park Reserve District's osprey reintroduction project. Loon 57:52-58.

ABSTRACT: The Osprey (Pandion haliaetus) has been extirpated from southern Minnesota due to shooting, but the species still nests in the northeastern third of the state. The Hennepin County Park Reserve District is attempting to reintroduce Ospreys to the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area. They plan to hack 6-week-old young birds taken from north-central Minnesota nests. Artificial nesting structures will be erected. In July 1984, six birds were placed in a hack tower in the Carver Park Reserve. Once released, they continued to feed at the tower for 21 days. All six fledged and were observed in the area until September when migration would be expected. Plans call for three more releases of nine birds yearly at the Carter Park Reserve. Towers are planned at two additional sites, and nesting poles will be erected at 20 sites. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Pandionidae 1980's artificial nest structures hacking. LOCATION: 2811 BIR

123. Gilroy, M.J. , and J.H. Barclay. 1986. Recovery of the Peregrine Falcon in the Eastern United States. Pages 437-454 in S.K. Majumdar, F.J. Brenner, and A.F. Rhoads, eds. Endangered and threatened species programs in Pennsylvania and other states. The Pennsylvania Academy of Science.

ABSTRACT: The United States Fish and Wildlife Service appointed an Eastern Peregrine Falcon Recovery Team in 1975, which developed a plan to restore the peregrine in the eastern United States. As part of this plan, more than 750 Peregrine Falcons have been released by hacking or cross fostering primarily in the mid-Atlantic coast, the mountains of New England, and the southern Appalachians. Released peregrines first successfully nested in 1980. As of 1985 there were 63 confirmed nesting attempts, 47 of which successfully produced 128 young. Productivity has been 2.72 young per successful attempt. The founding population has increased steadily since 1980, with an intrinsic growth rate of approximately 0.44. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus reproduction methodology

LOCATION: 4003 BIR

124. Gonzalez, J.L., B. Heredia, L.M. Gonzalez, and J.C. Alonso. 1986. Adoption of a juvenile by breeding Spanish Imperial Eagles during the postfledging period. Raptor Res. 20:77-78.

ABSTRACT: In the summer of 1984, an orphaned fledgling female Spanish Imperial Eagle was released into the home range of a family group of eagles with two fledged male young of approximately the same age. Within minutes after her release, she was seen feeding on researcher-provided rabbits along with her new stepbrothers, and both adults began provisioning her with food four days after her introduction to the group. No evidence of rejection or aggression towards the intruding female was noted, and she reached independence successfully. This postfledging foster technique could prove useful in reintroducing salvage or confiscated young raptors or for the release of captive bred birds. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1980's methodology Aquila heliaca adalberti Spain

LOCATION: 3239 BIR

125. Gooders, J. 1983. Birds that came back. Tanager Books, Dover, NH. 180pp.

ABSTRACT: This book presents the history of birds that became extinct in Britain and have since returned, as well as species that have not returned. The changes in Britain and the human assistance that facilitated the recolonizations or reintroductions are discussed. Extension of bird ranges into Britain is also reviewed. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Historical review.

LOCATION: 3085 BIR

126. Goodwin, J.G., Jr., and C.R. Hungerford. 1977. Habitat use by native Gambel's and scaled quail and released masked bobwhite quail in southern Arizona. USDA For. Serv. Res. Pap. RM-197. 8 pp.

ABSTRACT: A programme to reintroduce the masked bobwhite quail (Colinus virginianus ridgwayi) to its original mesquite (Prosopis juliflora)/grassland habitat is reported. Conditions have changed since the bird disappeared from the area in 1900, and it is in possible competition with Gambel's quail (Lophortyx gambelii) and scaled quail (Callipepla squamata). Preferred habitats of the 3 species and their use of open water are described; there was some overlap between Gambel and bobwhite habitats. Frequency of the most common causes of mortality was also investigated (predators, weather, etc.). Management recommendations for improving bobwhite habitat are outlined and include irrigation and control of grazing by livestock. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Phasianidae 1970's

127. Gore, H.G. 1969. Exploitation and restoration of turkey in Texas. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game and Fish Comm. 23:37-45.

ABSTRACT: The pre-Columbian population of 2,000,000 turkey in Texas (Schorger 1966) had declined to less than 100,000 in 1928 (Anon. 1929). Written accounts of early explorers, travelers, and hunters noted numerous flocks of turkey and equally massive slaughter for food and ornamentations. Encroachment of civilization in the mid 80's, changes in land use, and indiscriminate hunting practices caused a drastic decrease in turkey numbers between 1840 and 1880. Game laws to protect turkey were initiated in 1881 and subsequent laws imposed stringent bag limits and protected hens. During the late 40's, Rio Grande turkey (Meleagris gallopavo intermedia) were restricted mainly to Central and South Texas in remnant flocks. The "Big Thicket" in southeast Texas held an estimated 123 Eastern turkey (M. g. silvestris). Trapping and transplanting reached a feverish pitch in 1942 when 1,005 Rio Grande birds were wild-trapped and moved to depleted turkey ranges in 36 counties. This activity continues and to date, 9, 435 Rio Grande and Eastern turkey have been transplanted to approved areas in the State. The 1968 estimate of 575,000 turkey is indicative of an all-out effort to restore turkey to their ancestral range in Texas and to educate landowners and sportsmen toward modern turkey management and harvest. The original range of the Rio Grande turkey covered all of Texas except the mountains and basins of the Trans Pecos, the western High Plains, and the timbered regions of East Texas. Eastern turkey inhabited all of East Texas east of a line from Clay County to the mouth of the Brazos. River (Figure 1). Merriams turkey (M. g. merriami) were established in the Franklin, Hueco, and Guadalupe mountains of West Texas, where habitat was limited. The pre-Columbian turkey population for the geographical area presently comprising Texas has been estimated at 2,000,000 birds (Schorger 1966). As farming and ranching settlement sprang up in the mid 80's, the wild turkey became part of the abounding food supply, and no doubt played an important role in the settlement of the country. As is the nature of Man, the seemingly inexhaustible supply of turkey was exploited. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1940's 1950's 1960's history.

LOCATION: 3229 BIR

128. Goriup, P.D. 1985. A note on the minimum required captive stocks of Great Bustards for augmenting wild populations. Bustard Stud. 2:119-122.

ABSTRACT: Using data published by researchers who have successfully raised Great Bustards in captivity, a scheme was constructed to determine the number of captive birds necessary for adding about 30 female chicks to a wild population. The scheme was modeled so that optimum success rates operated at each step of hatching and rearing, and lowest first-year mortality and annual mortality of hens in captivity were also incorporated. Even under these perfect conditions, at least 150 captive hens (10% of the wild population) would be required to ensure an annual supplement of 32 chicks to the wild population. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: captive propagation Otididae Otis tarda

LOCATION: 3117 BIR

129. Graber, D., D. Humburg, and O. Torgerson. 1982. Canada Goose restoration in Missouri. Page 19 in M.A. Johnson, ed. Trans. Canada Goose Symp. Bismarck, ND. April 1982.

ABSTRACT: Efforts to restore resident Canada Goose populations in Missouri began in the early 1950's. Early success with nesting Canada Geese at Trimble Wildlife Management Area established the basis for resident goose management and restoration throughout the state during the 1960's. Progeny from the Trimble flock were transferred to 77 Missouri Department of Conservation areas from 1961 to 1968. Provision for hunting regulation, refuge and nesting and brooding habitat management were important elements ensuring growth of early restoration efforts on Department areas. Growth of these flocks resulted in increased numbers of nesting geese on adjacent private lands and allowed additional goose transfers to other public lands during the early 1970's. Flocks were established on areas with less intensive resident goose management. Current restoration objectives include establishment of resident Canada Geese in areas predominated by private lands. Evaluation of new releases and development of associated criteria to guide future restoration efforts are present concerns. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Anatidae Branta canadensis historical account.

LOCATION: 3089 BIR

130. Grahame, I. 1980. Reintroduction of captive-bred Cheer Pheasants Catreus wallichi. Int. Zoo Yearb. 20:36-40.

ABSTRACT: The World Pheasant Association's reintroduction policy for the Cheer Pheasant is centered not on the bird, but on the egg. Eggs were flown from England to the Margalla Hills in Pakistan, where they were hand-reared by aviculturists. In 1978, 88 out of 174 eggs (49.5%) hatched, but only twelve of these hatchlings were successfully raised to maturity and released. In 1979, 279 eggs were flown to Pakistan, only 89 (31.9%) of which hatched. It is hoped that up to 183 Cheer Pheasants will be released each year once the project is fully established. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Phasianidae Catreus wallichi captive rearing 1970's LOCATION: 3096 BIR

131. Granger, S.E. 1977. Reintroduction of captive-bred Prairie Falcons in California - 1976. Raptor Res. 11:73.

ABSTRACT: In 1976, two captive-bred female Prairie Falcons were placed in an eyrie near Newell, California that already contained one naturally-bred female nestling of approximately the same age and both adult Prairie Falcons. The reintroduced nestlings were accepted by both parent falcons, and all three nestlings successfully fledged. This effort represented the first reintroduction of captive-bred Prairie Falcons into California. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco mexicanus 1970's

LOCATION: 3157 BIR

132. Greig, J.C. 1983. The introduction of the Yellow-billed Oxpecker to Matobo National Park, Zimbabwe. Afr. Wildl. 37:117. ABSTRACT: Yellow-billed and Red-billed Oxpeckers were formerly widespread in Zimbabwe, but declined rapidly as cattle farming expanded and the use of poisonous cattle dips increased. In 1975, 47 Yellow-billed and 12 Red-billed Oxpeckers were captured at Hwange National Park and released into Matobo National Park. The Red-billed Oxpecker introduction was unsuccessful, but the Yellow-billed Oxpeckers flourished. Since buffalo and rhino are the preferred hosts of these transplanted oxpeckers, there is concern surrounding the planned removal of buffalo (a reservoir of foot and mouth disease) in this park. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Sturnidae Buphagus africanus Buphagus erythrorhynchus 1960's 1970's.

LOCATION: 2659 BIR

133. Grier, J.W. 1980. Modeling approaches to Bald Eagle population dynamics. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 8:316-322.

ABSTRACT: Combinations of hypothetically low to high rates of reproduction and survival were substituted for missing real data in models of Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) population dynamics. A deterministic life table model and a stochastic Monte Carol model were used. The outcomes of these simulations suggested that differences in survival rates may be relatively more important to the status of eagle populations than similar differences in reproduction. The exercise also emphasized the need for real data on survival and the percentage of adults that are attempting to breed. (AA) Copyright 1980 by The Wildlife Society.

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae modeling.

LOCATION: 3120 BIR

134. Grier, J.W., and J.H. Barclay. 1985. Dynamics of founder populations established by reintroduction. Page 10 in Abst. Int. Peregrine Conf. Symp. on the Manage. of Birds of Prey. Sacramento, CA. 1985 Raptor Res. Found.

ABSTRACT: Reintroduction of Peregrine Falcon populations during the past decade in various geographical areas are contrasted with each other and compared with stochastic and deterministic predictions. Predicted and actual growth of the populations have been in close agreement. Further predictions are made for the future of these populations. As the populations become larger, their growth and chances for continued existence become less stochastic and more deterministic and predictable. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Falconidae Falco peregrinus review paper.

LOCATION: 2957 BIR

135. Grier, J.W., and J.H. Barclay. 1988. Dynamics of founder populations established by reintroduction. Pages 689-700 in T.J. Cade, J.H. Enderson, C.G. Thelander, and C.M. White, eds. Peregrine Falcon populations: their management and recovery. The Peregrine Fund, Inc. Boise, ID.

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus review paper.

LOCATION: 2638 BIR

136. Griffin, C.R. 1978. Successful rehabilitation and reintroduction of bald eagles. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 6:44-45.

ABSTRACT: Two immature Bald Eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) that had been shot were rehabilitated at the University of Minnesota Veterinary Clinic in 1975 and released on the Swan Lake National Wildlife Refuge in January 1976. The eagles were observed on the refuge until March, coinciding with the spring eagle migration. No further sightings have been reported. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's.

LOCATION: 2859 BIR

137. Grobler, J.H. 1976. The introduction of oxpeckers into the Rhodes Matopos National Park. Honeyguide 87:23, 25.

ABSTRACT: Two species of oxpeckers were translocated to Rhodes Matopos National Park from Wenkie National Park to increase their range, which recently has been limited due to the use of arsenic cattle dips, and to provide a predator to feed on the high number of ticks occurring on animals in the park. A total of 47 oxpeckers were introduced to the Matopos on three separate occasions linked with the post-breeding, between breeding, and pre-breeding seasons. While most of the Red-billed Oxpeckers left the release area, at least 50% of the Yellow-billed Oxpeckers have remained in the park and are breeding. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Africa methods dispersal capture 1970's Buphagus africanus Buphagus erythrorhynchus Sturnidae

LOCATION: 3171 BIR

138. Grobler, J.H. 1979. The reintroduction of Oxpeckers Buphagus africanus and Buphagus erythrorhyncus to the Rhodes Matopos National Park, Rhodesia. Biol. Conserv. 15:151-158.

ABSTRACT: Two species of oxpeckers occur in Rhodesia, Buphagus africanus and Buphagus erythrorhyncus, both of which are now restricted to large game areas and some large ranches. As a conservation measure 47 B. africanus and 12 B. erythrorhyncus were introduced to the Rhodes Matopos National Park from Wankie National Park. The B. africanus became established and increased in numbers whereas the introduction of B. erythrorhyncus was unsuccessful, although at least one pair was still in the release area. Birds were captured on donkeys and then transported directly by air to the Matopos for immediate release. Host selection by the birds was discussed with brief notes on competition from other species. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Elsevier Science Publishers, Ltd.

KEY WORDS: Sturnidae Red-billed Oxpecker Yellow-billed Oxpecker Zimbabwe 1970's.

LOCATION: 2720 BIR

139. Grobler, J.H. 1980. Host selection and species preference of the Red-Billed Oxpecker Buphagus erythrorhynchus in the Kruger National Park. Koedoe 23:89-97.

ABSTRACT: The host selection and species preference of the Red-billed Oxpecker was investigated during January and February 1979, in the southern portion of the Kruger National Park, Republic of South Africa. A total of 19 species of larger mammals were looked at and of these 11 were utilised as hosts. Giraffe Giraffa camelopardalis, were found to be the most important host and ranked well above the others as a preferred species. Published data on oxpeckers were reviewed with the view to possible translocation of the birds as a measure to increase their now limited distribution. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Sturnidae 1970's.

LOCATION: 2763 BIR

140. Gudlin, M.J., and R.W. Dimmick. 1984. Habitat utilization by Ruffed Grouse transplanted from Wisconsin to West Tennessee. Pages 75-88 in W.L. Robinson, ed. Ruffed Grouse management: state of the art in the early 1980's. North Cent. Sect. The Wildl. Soc. and the Ruffed Grouse Soc. Bookcrafters, Chelsea, MI.

ABSTRACT: Eighty Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus) trapped in southwestern Wisconsin were released in Benton County, Tennessee in an attempt to restore the bird to part of its historic range. Trapping, transporting and releasing were accomplished in late August and early September, 1981 and 1982. A total of 871 telemetry locations were made of 19 radio-equipped birds from September through December of both years. Seven of these birds were known to survive longer than 1 month after their release, including one which was alive at its last radio location almost 8 months later. Maximum dispersal was 4.0 km (2.5 mi). Home ranges of 10 grouse varied from 18 to 176 ha (45-447 acres). Habitat utilized was subjectively classified into one of six categories based upon permanent winter cover. The most intensively used habitats were dense stands of hardwood saplings and vines, found principally on lower slopes and stream bottoms. Also frequented were farkleberry (Vaccinium arboreum) thickets on dry ridges beneath overstories of pine (Pinus spp.) or mature oak (Quercus spp.). Mature upland oak and bottomland hardwood forests offered suitable habitat mainly during early fall when herbaceous and viny thickets provided cover in the understory. Home range sizes and dispersal movements were influenced by the quality of the habitat near the release site. Future restoration attempts should be conducted where proper forest management procedures can be assured. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1980's dispersal habitat utilization.

LOCATION: 2687 BIR

141. Hafner, H. 1982. Creation of a breeding site for tree-nesting Herons in the Camargue, France. Proc. Tech. Meet. West Palaearctic Migr. Bird Manage. 3:216-220.

ABSTRACT: This management project has demonstrated that creation of breeding habitat for tree-nesting herons and its subsequent protection is a readily achievable goal. In the Camargue the distribution of heronries seems to follow certain principles; after the desertion of one colony, another site is generally occupied in a similar habitat close to the old nesting place. A minimum distance of 7 km between colonies has been documented (distribution analysed since 1930, Hafner 1977). Thus, as would be predicted from this, the traditional heronry situated 4 km from the artificial wood was abandoned in 1981. Management had in effect moved an existing heronry rather than created a new one. Nevertheless, the original aim of strengthening the security of these species in the Camargue was achieved, as the old colony site was one of the most vulnerable in the area. This part of the breeding population now benefits from security and tranquility, yet remains in the same traditional sector located in an important feeding area. It seems clear that this process of attracting breeding herons from one area to another could be copied in other situations in order to increase the security of the heron population concerned or to reduce disturbance from human activity (see, for example, Finkenstaedt & Heckenroth 1974, Dusi 1979). (AC)

KEY WORDS: Ardeidae Egretta garzetta Little Egret Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeola ralloides Squacco Heron Nycticorax nycticorax Black-crowned Night-Heron.

LOCATION: 3234 BIR

142. Hamerstrom, F. 1977. Introducing captive-reared raptors into the wild. Pages 348-353 in R.D. Chancellor, ed. Rep. Proc., World Conf. Birds of Prey. Vienna, 1975. Int. Counc. Bird Preservation, London.

ABSTRACT: Captive breeding of raptors has greatly improved. Techniques to enhance survival include: artificial incubation, adoption of eggs and young by foster parents, and "hacking" young birds so they may become strong on the wing and proficient at catching prey. The need for further raptor imprinting research and some problems with transplants are discussed. (JCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Falconidae 1970's captive propagation.

LOCATION: 2491 BIR

143. Hammer, D.A. 1981. Osprey reintroduction in the Tennessee Valley. Pages 104-106 in R.R. Odom and J.W. Guthrie, eds. Proc. Nongame and Endangered Wildl. Symp. Athens, GA, August 1981. Ga. Dept. Nat. Resour. Game and Fish Div., Tech. Bull. WL 5.

ABSTRACT: Ospreys (Pandion haliaetus) historically nested along Tennessee's river systems. The population declined to two active but frequently unsuccessful nests, one at Reelfoot Lake and one on Watts Bar Lake. Relocation of a nest from a Watts Bar Lake navigation aid structure to a raised platform produced three fledglings in 1977. In 1978 additional nest platforms were put in tree tops on nearby islands. To augment the expected slow population increase four osprey chicks were "hacked" at two sites in 1979. All were fledged. In 1980, 27 young were hacked on 14 sites. Twenty-three fledged. In 1981 20 young were released at 10 sites. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Pandionidae 1970's 1980's release feeding monitoring.

LOCATION: 2648 BIR

144. Hammer, D.A., and R.M. Hatcher. 1983. Restoring Osprey populations by hacking preflighted young. Pages 293-297 in D.M. Bird, ed. Biology and management of Bald Eagles and Ospreys. Proc. First Int. Symp. Bald Eagles and Ospreys, Montreal. October 1981. Harpell Press, Ste. Anne de Bellevue, PQ.

ABSTRACT: Regional nesting Osprey Pandion haliaetus populations had declined to two active but frequently unsuccessful nests in the 1960's and early 1970's. Relocation of active nests to secure arti-ficial nesting platforms produced the first successful fledging in east Tennessee in 20 years in 1977. Procedures were developed to translocate four 6-week old Ospreys from Maryland to nesting platforms at two sites, artificially support and monitor until fledging, and monitor until migration in 1979. A cooperative program with other agencies and individuals "hacked out" 27 young Ospreys from Maryland and Virginia at 14 sites in Tennessee in 1980 and 20 at 10 sites in 1981. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Pandionidae 1980's.

LOCATION: 2410 BIR

145. Hammer, D.A., and T.E. Bedow. 1984. Hacking young Osprey to restore Tennessee Valley populations. Pages 75-84 in M.A. Westall, ed. Proc. Southeast. U.S. and Caribbean Osprey Symp., 1983. Int. Osprey Found., Inc., Sanibel Island, FL.

ABSTRACT: Historically, Ospreys (Pandion haliaetus) nested along major rivers of the Tennessee Valley. Recent populations declined to one active, frequently unsuccessful nest until management efforts reversed the trend in 1977 (Beddow 1984). To augment natural population recovery, in 1979, techniques were developed to "hack" Osprey chicks. Cooperative programs have successfully translocated and "hacked" 67 Ospreys in Tennessee Valley states during 1979-1982. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Pandionidae 1970's 1980's translocation hacking release.

LOCATION: 2824 BIR

146. Hammer, D.A., J.L. Mechler, and R.M. Hatcher. 1983. Restoration of Bald Eagle populations in the Midsouth. Pages 107-125 in D.M. Bird, ed. Biology and management of Bald Eagles and Ospreys. Proc. First Int. Symp. Bald Eagles and Ospreys, Montreal. October 1981. Harpell Press, Ste. Anne de Bellevue, PQ.

ABSTRACT: A Bald Eagle Haliaeetus leucocephalus reintroduction program was initiated at the Tennessee Valley Authority's (TVA) Land Between The Lakes (LBL) during the summer of 1980. This program was a cooperative effort between TVA and the Tennessee Wildlife Resources Agency to establish the Bald Eagle as a breeding species in Tennessee by a falconry "hacking" technique which has been successful in New York. Two 8-week old Bald Eagles were removed from separate wild nests in northern Wisconsin and transferred to the Tennessee portion of LBL. Placed in a manmade nest atop a 13 m tower, the young eaglets were fed and monitored from a nearby observation tower without direct human contact until released into the wild at 14 weeks of age. Each bird was fitted with a battery-powered and a solar-powered radio transmitter to allow monitoring of post-release behavior and movements. Both eagles became self-supporting, remained in the region over winter, and one was present a year after release. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1980's.

LOCATION: 2417 BIR

147. Hammer, D.A., J.L. Mechler, R. Altman, N.J. Douglas, and R.M. Hatcher. 1983. Bald Eagle restoration at Land Between the Lakes. Pages 20-33 in T.N. Ingram, ed. Proc. Bald Eagle Conf. Bald Eagle Restor. Rochester, NY. August 1982.

ABSTRACT: A Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) restoration program was initiated at Land Between the Lakes with the release of two Wisconsin transplants in 1980. Both became self-supporting and overwintered in the region, and one was present a year after release. Three captive-reared eagles from the Columbus Zoo and Patuxent Wildlife Research Center were released in 1981. All left the area within 30 days of release. Possible reasons for more rapid development of flight capability and feeding behavior in 1981 are discussed. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1980's.

LOCATION: 3048 BIR

148. Hancock, D. 1973. Captive propagation of Bald Eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) - a review. Int. Zoo Yearb. 13: 244-249.

ABSTRACT: Captive breeding records of Bald Eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) from nine locations in the United States and Austria are reviewed. Twenty-three egg clutches contained 49 eggs with a mean of 2.13 eggs per clutch. At four locations, 20 young were hatched from approximately 23 eggs for a hatching success of 87%. The fledging success was 83%. These numbers are greater than found for wild eagles on the British Columbian coast. Declining Bald Eagle numbers in the wild may necessitate captive breeding programs to re-establish eagles into their former range in North America. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae review rearing.

LOCATION: 2688 BIR

149. Hardy, F.C. 1959. Results of stocking wild-trapped and game farm turkeys in Kentucky. Pages 61-64 in Proc. First Natl. Wild Turkey Symp., Memphis.

ABSTRACT: Releases of 214 wild-trapped native turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris) on six areas resulted in apparently re-established populations on all areas. With two possible exceptions, releases of 3,923 farm game turkeys on 13 other areas were failures. Factors possibly limiting over-all results were: unnecessarily large size of wild-trapped plants, heavy post-release mortality and tameness of game farm stock and the effect of repeated injections of new semi-tame stock on survivors of earlier releases. (AS)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1940's 1950's.

LOCATION: 2836 BIR

150. Hatcher, R.M. 1983. Bald Eagle hacking project at Reelfoot Lake, Tennessee, 1981. Pages 43-57 in T.N. Ingram, ed. Proc. Bald Eagle Conf. Bald Eagle Restor. Rochester, NY. August 1982. ABSTRACT: During the summer of 1981, a Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) reintroduction program was initiated at Reelfoot Lake in northwestern Tennessee by the Tennessee Wildlife Resources Agency, in cooperation with volunteers of the Tennessee Ornithological Society. Three 8-week old eaglets were brought from wild nests in Minnesota (two) and Wisconsin (one) for the purpose of establishing a breeding population by the hacking technique. They were placed in a caged nest of 14.6 meters (48 feet) high in a cypress tree. They were fed daily and monitored from an observation platform in a nearby cypress tree without human contact. After placement of radio transmitters on their tail feathers, they were released into the wild on August 6 at 14 weeks of age. All eagles apparently became self-sufficient, but one eagle had to be euthanized after being caught in a trap in South Dakota in December 1981. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1980's.

LOCATION: 3048 BIR

151. Hatcher, R.M., and D.H. Miller. 1982. Bald Eagle hacking project at Reelfoot Lake, Tennessee, 1981. Eagle Valley Environ. Tech. Rep. BED-82. pp. 43-57.

ABSTRACT: During the summer of 1981, a Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) reintroduction program was initiated at Reelfoot Lake in northwestern Tennessee by the Tennessee Wildlife Resources Agency, in cooperation with volunteers of the Tennessee Ornithological Society. Three 8-week-old eaglets were brought from wild nests in Minnesota (two) and Wisconsin (one) for the purpose of establishing a breeding population by the "hacking" technique. They were placed in a caged nest 14.6 meters (48 feet) high in a cypress tree. They were fed daily and monitored from an observation platform in a nearby cypress tree without human contact. After placement of radio transmitters on their tail feathers, they were released into the wild on August 6 at 14 weeks of age. All eagles apparently became self-sufficient, but one eagle had to be euthanized after being caught in a trap in South Dakota in December 1981. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1980's methodology dispersal.

LOCATION: 3051 BIR

152. Hatlapa, H.H. 1982. Why breed endangered species in captivity? Pages 197-198 in T.W.I. Lovel, ed. Proc. Second Int. Symp. on Grouse at Dalhousie Castle, Edinburgh, Scotland. March 1981. World Pheasant Assoc., Exning, Suffolk.

ABSTRACT: Captive breeding is often a last resort to species survival; however, the author suggests that it should be more than a last resort. The establishment of precautionary breeding centers and gene banks for endangered species is encouraged rather than waiting until population numbers dwindle. Captive populations should be studied to develop conservation programs for the animals in the wild, and the captive stock can eventually be reintroduced to increase natural populations. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Ciconiidae Falconidae White-tailed Eagle Peregrine Falcon Black Stork White Stork.

LOCATION: 2684 BIR

153. Hayes, F.N., and M. Williams. 1982. The status, aviculture and re-establishment of Brown Teal in New Zealand. Wildfowl 33: 73-80.

ABSTRACT: Brown Teal Anas aucklandica chlorotis, New Zealand's most threatened waterfowl, is restricted to a few relict populations, numbers no more than 1,500 and continues to decline slowly in both numbers and range. The species adapts readily to captivity and, in a cooperative programme involving Ducks Unlimited (NZ) the New Zealand Wildlife Service, is being bred for release to establish new populations. Since 1977, 510 teal have been reared in captivity and to date 390 have been released into the Manawatu district of North Island and on Matakana Island. Captive-reared birds have bred successfully in the wild. (AS)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2963 BIR

154. Hecklau, J.D., W.F. Porter, and W.M. Shields. 1982. Feasibility of transplanting Wild Turkeys into areas of restricted forest cover and high human density. Trans. Northeast Fish Wildl. Conf. 39:96-104.

ABSTRACT: This study was designed to examine the feasibility of establishing viable populations of Wild Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris) in areas with as little as 12% forest cover and with human population densities as high as 15 people/ km². Two transplants composed of seven females and three to four males each were made during the winter of 1979-80 into agricultural areas of southeastern Minnesota. Survival, movements, and reproduction were monitored in each of these transplanted populations and in an established population (average forest cover 46%, human density 3 people/km²). Comparisons were made during the initial 8 months following release using radio telemetry. No differences occurred between transplanted and established populations in rates of survival from winter through late summer (64.3 vs 63.6%), distance traveled from winter range to nest (3.01 vs 3.90 km), probability of attempting to nest (0.91 vs 1.00), nesting success (50.0 vs 41.2%), egg fertility (87.9 vs 98.5%), egg hatchability (96.1 vs 95.3%), or net poult production (2.87 vs 2.66 poults/adult female). Only spring home range sizes were significantly different, averaging 2146 ha for females in transplanted populations and 1060 ha for those in the established population. Extensive prenesting movement of transplanted females was noted. Movement occurred even when forest cover was limited, and often carried the birds across extensive areas of agricultural land in close proximity to human developments. This movement did not appear to affect survival or reproductive success of the birds. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2637 BIR

155. Heinrich, B. 1985. Rocky Mountain reintroduction. Pages 23-27 in W. Burnham, ed. The Peregrine Fund's Rocky Mountain Program Operation Report, 1985. The Peregrine Fund, Inc., World Center for Birds of Prey, Boise, ID.

ABSTRACT: The increased production at the new Boise facility made it possible to release a record number of peregrines in 1985. In Colorado 18 young peregrines were fostered into five eyries, and 120 peregrines went to hack sites within Colorado, Wyoming, Montana, Idaho, and Utah for a grand total of 138 peregrines released in the Rocky Mountain region. Seventy-nine percent survived to independence. Predation by great horned owls and golden eagles still caused the highest known mortality in young peregrines at release sites. In Colorado 25 young were released at seven hack sites. Wyoming had 30 young released at five hack sites, Montana 25 at four sites, Idaho 20 at three sites, and Utah 10 at two sites. Again this year a number of banded adults and sub-adults returned to hack sites and interacted with the young. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falco peregrinus predation survival.

LOCATION: 285 BIR

156. Heinrich, B. 1986 Rocky Mountain/northwest peregrine falcon reintroduction. Pages 29-37 in W. Burnham, ed. Operation Report, 1986. The Peregrine Fund, Inc. World Center for Birds of Prey, Boise, ID.

ABSTRACT: Due to the high level of embryonic mortality experienced this season, only 82 peregrines were available for release in the Rocky Mountain area. In Colorado, six young were fostered into three eyries by the Colorado Division of Wildlife. The remaining 76 peregrines were hacked out in Colorado, Wyoming, Montana, Idaho, and Utah. In addition, the states of Oregon and Washington were also added to the program. Of the 82 falcons released, only 67 percent survived to independence. Golden eagles were responsible for close to 50 percent of the known mortality this year. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falco peregrinus predation survival.

LOCATION: 286 BIR

157. Henderson, C. 1986. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources Trumpeter Swan Project summary. Page 109 in Proceedings and Papers of the Tenth Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN.

ABSTRACT: In 1986, the Minnesota department of Natural Resources' Trumpeter Swan Restoration Project obtained 50 eggs from wild Alaskan swans. A total of 43 of these eggs hatched and 35 cygnets survived to September 1986. Seven cygnets were also received from the Minnesota Zoo and the Brookfield Zoo in Chicago, for a total of 42 cygnets produced in 1986. Egg collection will continue in Alaska for at least two more years, with a goal of producing 40 cygnets per year in 1987 and 1988. Cygnets raised will be released in northwestern Minnesota with the goal of establishing a free-flying migratory population of at least 15 pairs of Trumpeter Swans in northwestern Minnesota. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator 1980's

LOCATION: 4011 BIR

158. Henderson, C.L. 1982. Proposed Minnesota Trumpeter Swan restoration. Trumpeter Swan Soc. Conf. 8:8.

ABSTRACT: In 1982 the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources initiated a project in its Nongame Wildlife Program to expand the current efforts for Trumpeter Swan restoration by the Hennepin County Park Reserve District to other areas of suitable habitat in Minnesota outside of Hennepin County. This project has been approved by the Waterfowl Policy Committee of the Minnesota DNR and the Mississippi Flyway Council. Five cygnets (one leucistic) were hatched from a total of eight eggs obtained from the Lacreek National Wildlife Refuge in South Dakota in June 1982. All are doing well. They have been used in a feeding ecology study to determine nutritional needs and food preferences. This information will aid in selecting eventual release sites. Future plans include obtaining eggs from Alaskan sources. Copies of the proposal for restoration of Trumpeter Swans are available from the Minnesota DNR. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Anatidae Cygnus buccinator 1980's.

LOCATION: 3201 BIR

159. Henry, V.G. 1987. Peregrine Falcon restoration in the southern Appalachians. Proc. Southeast. Nongame Endangered Wildl. Symp. 3:28-39.

ABSTRACT: Recovery objectives for the Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) in the southern Appalachians are a minimum of 20 nesting pairs as the region's contribution toward recovery to a threatened status and 26 nesting pairs for contribution toward complete recovery for delisting. Releases began in 1984, and in 4 years 109 birds have been hacked, with 83 dispersing normally, at 16 different sites in six states. In 1986, a pair established themselves in North Carolina, but the female was immature and nesting was not attempted. In 1987 the pair successfully hatched one chick which died before fledging. A chick was successfully fostered to this pair, thus representing the first production from a natural eyrie. Limited monitoring confirmed four singles plus the Linville Gorge pair. Unconfirmed reports include three additional pairs and several singles. It is projected that 20 pairs will be established by 1995 and 26 pairs by 1996. Success will require hacking approximately 600 birds at a cost of about $2,000,000. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1980's reintroduction fostering.

LOCATION: 3114 BIR

160. Heyl, C.W., R.C. Bigalke and D. Pepler. 1988. Captive rearing of the Cape Francolin and prospects for stocking. S. Afr. J. Wildl. Res. 18:22-29.

ABSTRACT: Cape Francolins, Francolinus capensis, were reared in captivity from eggs of penned birds. Egg laying extended over eight months, but was erratic with a mean of 18.5 eggs per pen per season. Optimal production of fertile eggs was obtained with one pair per pen, and older birds tended to be more productive. Egg fertility was low (57.7%). Various chick-mortality factors resulted in a survival rate of only 22.3% to the age of nine months. Stress from crowded captive conditions was a possible primary cause of the high chick mortalities. Nine one-year-old males and 26 females were marked individually and released in an agricultural area directly after the breeding season of wild Cape Francolins. Some dispersal for up to 3.8 km was observed, and a maximum of 40% survived the first three months in the 54 ha study area. Almost all of the birds died within six months, possibly from competition with wild conspecifics or an inability to adjust to natural conditions. No reproduction was observed in the captive-reared birds. It was concluded that supplementing wild populations with captive-reared birds could only have short-term benefits such as temporarily increased hunting opportunities. (AA)

KEY WORDS: game bird breeding egg fertility egg production chick mortality competition stress crowding seasonality release site dispersal survival individual marking 1980's.

LOCATION: BIR

161. Hines, M.E. 1989. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources Trumpeter Swan restoration efforts -- 1989 status report. Pages 97-99 in J.V. Englund, ed. Proceedings and Papers of the Twelfth Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. Restoring the Trumpeter Swan to the upper midwest.

ABSTRACT: In an effort to reestablish Trumpeter Swans throughout the state, the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources collected eggs from Trumpeter Swans in Alaska and obtained cygnets from the Minnesota Zoo, the Brookfield Zoo, Minnesota's Hennepin Parks, the Delta Waterfowl Research Station, and a few private breeders. All swans remained captive until two years of age and were subsequently released into wetlands in westcentral Minnesota. In the springs of 1987-1989, 21, 44, and 27 swans were released, respectively. Released birds wintered in ice-free river areas ranging from 25 miles south of the release site to as far away as Iowa and Kansas. A total of 28 swans from the 1987- and 1988-released group are known to be alive. Ten of these swans occupied five territories and attempted to nest in 1989, producing a total of three surviving cygnets. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator migration 1980's

LOCATION: 4009 BIR

162. Hoffman, R.W., and K.M. Giesen. 1983. Demography of an introduced population of white-tailed ptarmigan (Lagopus leucurus). Can. J. Zool. 61:1758-1764.

ABSTRACT: L. leucurus (40) were released onto Pike's Peak, Colorado USA, in June (6 mated pairs) and Sept. (9 males, 7 females, 12 juveniles) 1975. Numbers declined 37.5% by the 1st spring (1976) after the introduction. Spring densities gradually recovered, increasing from 3.4 grouse/100 ha of breeding habitat in 1976 to 8.4 in 1979, then declined to 7.4 in 1980. Mean distance of territories from the release area increased only 0.86 km (P = 0.44) from 1976-1980, reflecting a slow process of expansion. Reproduction was documented in all years including 1975. Survival of released birds until 1976 was 93.3% for males, 46.1% for females and 33.3% for juveniles. Time of release did not influence survival. Average annual survival (1976-1980) was 64.9% for adult males, 60.3% for adult females, and 43.1% for juveniles. Yearlings comprised 39.7% (range, 20.0-54.9) of all birds (N = 219) identified exclusive of juveniles. Of the 219 birds identified, 137 (62.6%) were males. (AA)

KEY WORDS: 1970's Tetraonidae Dispersal survival sex ratio Colorado USA.

LOCATION: 2880 BIR

163. Hollis, F.D. 1985. The southeastern turkey restoration program. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game and Fish Comm. 5:359-367.

ABSTRACT: The Wild Turkey once ranged throughout the southeastern United States and provided an important source of food to early settlers. By 1930, however, it was apparent that turkey populations were steadily diminishing. In order to boost turkey numbers eleven southeastern states began a combination program of habitat management and restocking in the 1940's. Restocking of an area may be done with pen-reared birds (purchased from game farms or raised from native stock) or with native wild-trapped birds. Restocking with wild birds has been consistently more successful than restocking with pen-reared birds. Turkey restoration has occurred on areas ranging in size from 8000 to over 100,000 acres at an average cost of $20 to $25 per pen-reared bird, and $16 per wild-trapped bird. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae Meleagris gallopavo trapping habitat LOCATION: 2639 BIR

164. Hopkins, C.R. 1981. Dispersal, reproduction, mortality, and habitat utilization of restocked Eastern Turkeys in east Texas. Ph.D. Diss. Texas A&M Univ., College Station. 132 pp.

ABSTRACT: Restocked Eastern Wild Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris) were studied on two different areas in East Texas from February 1979 through May 1980. The major emphasis was to provide information on movement, reproduction, and mortality as it relates to a turkey restocking effort. Habitat use of turkeys was also studied. Sixty-five turkeys were monitored using radio telemetry. The restocked turkeys generally centered their activity within 3 km of the release site. A few birds traveled distances exceeding 5 km from the release site, but the majority returned to the vicinity of the release site. The mean maximum dispersal from release was 4.4 km. Hens had the greatest mean maximum dispersal. It required approximately 7 months before turkeys obtained their maximum dispersal from release. Over study areas, the mean population dispersal area for 90% of the birds was 8,328 ha. Habitat and a resident population may have had a slight influence on the population dispersal area. The documented mortality for 16 months was 28%. Most of the mortality occurred during the first 6 months after release. There were no major differences in incubation attempts between resident and newly stocked birds, but resident birds were about three times more successful in raising poults than those recently stocked. Extended hen movement following a successful nesting may have been part of the cause for the low poult production during the first season. The peak egg-laying period was in early April. Pine hardwood and openings appeared to be preferred over the pine types by the birds on Brushy Creek study area. Within 2 weeks after stands were prescribed burned, turkeys indicated a preference for the new burns. More than 40% of all fixes were in burned stands approximately 6 weeks after the burn. The immediate effects of selective harvesting pine stands did not appear detrimental to turkeys. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: BIR

165. Hunt, B. 1982. Successful breeding of Golden Eagles (Aquila chrysaetos canadensis) and their subsequent release. Anim. Keepers' Forum 9(12):371-374.

ABSTRACT: Two Golden Eagles reared in captivity at Abilene Zoological Park, Texas, were released in Pisgah National Forest, North Carolina, in August 1980. The release was part of an effort to restore Golden Eagles in the East. The eaglets were removed from their natural parents and placed with an adult female eagle who could not fly. When the eaglets were 60 days old, they were transferred along with the adult female to a hack site. Six weeks later the eaglets were released. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1980's captive rearing.

LOCATION: 3026 BIR

166. Hunyadi, B.W. 1984. Ruffed Grouse restoration in Missouri. Pages 21-35 in W.L. Robinson, ed. Ruffed Grouse management: state of the art in the early 1980's. North Cent. Sect. The Wildl. Soc. and the Ruffed Grouse Soc. Bookcrafters, Chelsea, MI.

ABSTRACT: Following near extinction in Missouri by the 1930's, and subsequent improvement of forest habitat, Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus) live-trapped in seven other states were released in several locations in the state, beginning in 1959. Breeding densities of grouse populations descendent from released birds in the early 1980's ranged from 3.5-9.3/100 ha (1.3-3.7/100 acres). Best results were obtained when juvenile grouse stocked were >13 weeks old. Habitat regularly used by reestablished grouse consisted of stem densities averaging 11,051 ha (4472/ acre) of woody plants >1m tall, with drumming log sites having slightly higher stem densities. Such stem densities resulted from old field invasion and selection cuts. Failure of grouse to become established in certain areas is attributable to inadequate habitat, specifically low stem densities. In 1983, the first hunting season on Ruffed Grouse in Missouri since 1905 resulted in the sale of 2,917 permits with 1,779 persons actually hunting, and a kill of 173 birds. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1950's 1960's 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2687 BIR

167. Istvan, S. 1982. Present situation in Great Bustard (Otis t. tarda) in Hungary. Pages 114-117 in P.D. Goriup and H. Vardhan, eds. Bustards in decline. Tourism and Wildl. Soc. India, Jaipur.

ABSTRACT: The Bustard (Otis t. tarda) population in Hungary experienced a 73% decline from 1941 to 1961. Since 1970, the population has slowly been increasing, and in 1980 the population numbered 3,442. Most (80%-90%) of the population nests in corn and fodder-plant cultures, and 70% of these nests are destroyed by machinery. A 3,500 ha reserve and an experimental incubation station have been established in Devavanya, East Hungary, to incubate eggs and release birds rescued from agricultural damage. Autumn releases of 4-5 month old birds have yielded only meager results. Repatriation, however, of 1-2 year old immatures has been successful. Hungarian researchers believe Bustards should only be released in areas where there are still significant original populations. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Otididae captive rearing habitat protection.

LOCATION: 2695 BIR

168. Iverson, C., and W. Burger. 1986. Reintroduction of the Bald Eagle in Indiana: 1985. Ind. Audubon Q. 64(2):43-50.

ABSTRACT: In June 1985 the Indiana Division of Fish and Wildlife, Nongame and Endangered Wildlife Program, initiated a long range project to re-establish a population of nesting Bald Eagles in Indiana. Three young eagles from Wisconsin were fed, carefully monitored, and successfully released in late July on Monroe Reservoir. The birds remained in the vicinity of the project area for three, four, and 10 days after release from the hacking tower. Modifications in the hacking procedure should be implemented in future efforts to increase the period during which birds remain near the project area. In order to achieve the project goal of establishing five active Bald Eagle nests by the year 2000, a total of at least 30 additional eagles must be released in the next three to five years. This number that must be released was determined through a factoring analysis of known bald eagle population dynamics, e.g., age of first breeding, recruitment rates, and survival rates. The duration of the project is uncertain due to annual variation in the number of young eagles available for the numerous reintroduction projects being conducted nationwide. Reports of observations of marked eagles will assist in efforts to evaluate dispersal patterns and survival of hacked birds. (AS)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus leucocephalus 1980's methodology.

LOCATION: 3040 BIR

169. Jackson, J.A., B.J. Schardien, and P.R. Miller. 1983. Moving Red-cockaded Woodpecker colonies: relocation or phased destruction? Wildl. Soc. Bull. 11:59-62.

ABSTRACT: A Red-cockaded Woodpecker (Picoides borealis) colony was moved 400 m from a construction site at Fort Benning, Georgia, in November, 1976. Four intact cavities were cut from longleaf pines (Pinus palustris) and fastened with steel bands to > 60-year-old trees within the colony's home range. Cavities were attached at a height of 10 m, and openings faced approximately west. All three birds (two males, one female) of the colony roosted in the cavity sections the first night after relocation; however, the female was not seen again. The two males continued to use the cavities for 8 days until they were chased from the cavities by Red-headed Woodpeckers (Melanerpes erythrocephalus). Neither male was seen again. Two of the four transferred cavities were used by nesting Starlings (Sturnus vulgaris) in 1977 and 1978. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Picidae 1970's.

LOCATION: 2748 BIR

170. James, D., L.G. Fooks, and J.R. Preston. 1983. Success of wild-trapped compared to captivity-raised birds in restoring Wild Turkey populations to northwestern Arkansas. Proc. Ark. Acad. Sci. 37:38-41.

ABSTRACT: Reintroduction of Wild Turkeys into northwestern Arkansas was studied at 10 release sites in the late 1950's. Native birds trapped in southern Arkansas were released at five study areas, and birds from wild Pennsylvania stock reared in captivity were released in five other areas. Although both types of turkeys reproduced, most populations of captivity-raised turkeys decreased sharply whereas all populations of wild-trapped birds exhibited marked increases. Range extension averaged nearly 2.5 miles per year in expanding wild-trapped populations. Captivity-raised birds were comparatively tame and often were found near human habitation. Current expanding turkey populations in the Arkansas Ozarks undoubtedly are due to the introductions of wild-trapped birds. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae Meleagris gallopavo 1950's captive-reared range expansion reproduction.

LOCATION: 2780 BIR

171. James, D.L., and J. Engel. 1983. Bald Eagle translocation policy. Pages 34-40 in T.N. Ingram, ed. Proc. Bald Eagle Conf. Bald Eagle Restoration. Rochester, NY. August 1982.

ABSTRACT: On June 14, 1982, the Director of the Fish and Wildlife Service formally approved an official Service policy for Bald Eagle translocation activities. While it is the general policy of the Service to focus attention on habitat improvement and management in its efforts to restore Bald Eagle populations, translocation is recognized as a legitimate management/recovery tool. Encouraging preliminary results from early Bald Eagle translocation activities have generated an expanding interest in this technique as a means of restoring this species to its historical range within a relatively short period of time. Therefore, it is paramount that a Service-wide policy be adopted and implemented which outlines major responsibilities and priorities, provides the framework and appropriate interface for the orderly execution of translocation projects nationally, and prescribes maximum resource protection. (AS)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus leucocephalus 1980's.

LOCATION: 3048 BIR

172. James, W. 1982. Giant Canada Goose restoration in the Tennessee Valley region. Page 7 in M.A. Johnson, ed. Trans. Canada Goose Symp. Bismarck, ND. April 1982.

ABSTRACT: Since 1971, the Tennessee Valley Authority in cooperation with state wildlife agencies and two federal agencies (U.S. Forest Service and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service) has released over 2,200 Giant Canada Geese at 48 locations in five states (Tennessee, Alabama, Virginia, Georgia, and Kentucky) in the Tennessee Valley Region. One hundred ten geese were provided by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, 88 by the USFWS, 56 by a private breeder, and the remaining 2,000 were captive reared. Over 30 separate successful breeding populations of Giant Canadas have been established on large reservoirs, private lakes, and farm ponds from 32^o to 38^o north latitude and 82^o to 90^o west longitude. Release treatments have included wing-clipped, pulling primary feathers, and varying the time of year and age of released birds. Nasal saddles and radio transmitters were used for intensive studies of production, behavior, and movements. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Anatidae Branta canadensis 1970's.

LOCATION: 3089 BIR

173. Jennings, J. 1986. The Peregrine Falcon returns to Los Angeles. Am. Assoc. Zool. Parks Aquariums Annu. Conf. Proc., pp.226-232.

ABSTRACT: Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus) were hacked from a Los Angeles skyscraper from 1981 to 1983. Three birds successfully fledged in 1981 and 1983. In 1982, one falcon flew into the side of a building and the other two disappeared after the appearance of an adult male Peregrine Falcon in the area. Two pairs of falcons established themselves in downtown Los Angeles in 1983, but neither pair bred. In 1984, two pairs were again in the area, one pair nested, but some of the eggs broke. Remaining eggs were replaced with artificial eggs and 10 days later, with two 2-week-old chicks. Both chicks fledged but one was seriously injured when it flew into the side of a building. Two Peregrine Falcon pairs were in the downtown area in 1985. One pair nested and the eggs were removed and replaced with chicks. Two birds fledged but one flew into a building. Despite hazards of the modern urban environment, survival of released falcons in the Los Angeles has been greater than expected. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae California 1980's hacking.

LOCATION: 2834 BIR

174. Johnson, B.C. 1959. History of turkey restoration in Mississippi and its effect on present management. Pages 65-69 in Proc. First Natl. Wild Turkey Symp., Memphis.

ABSTRACT: Between 1934 and 1939, 2,743 semi-tame turkeys were released in 81 of the 82 counties of Mississippi. Of 576 individual releases totalling 2,039 birds, 179 were successful, 57 were partially successful, 28 were uncertain, and 374 failed due to poaching and the release of semi-tame stock. The state began a trapping and restocking program in 1954, and 227 birds were trapped and restocked in the first 3 years. The Mississippi turkey population increased from 4,530 birds in 1943 to 20,000 in 1958. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae Meleagris gallopavo 1930's 1950's.

LOCATION: 2836 BIR

175. Johnson, E.V. 1980. Recovery of California's first captive-produced, wild-fostered Peregrine Falcon. North Am. Bird Bander. 5(1):14.

ABSTRACT: In 1977, the eggs laid by the Peregrine Falcon pair that nests on Morro Rock in California failed to hatch. Two Prairie Falcon chicks were placed in the eyrie to encourage the peregrines to stay at the nest site. These Prairie Falcon chicks were later replaced by two captive-bred Peregrine Falcon chicks, which represented the first attempt to supplement California's wild population of peregrines with captive-produced birds. Only the female chick survived to fledging, and she was found dead 16 months later, 200 miles from Morro Bay. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1970's Falco peregrinus Falco mexicanus dispersal

LOCATION: 3205 BIR

176. Johnson, T.B., and N.F.R. Snyder. 1988. Arizona's Thick-billed Parrot reestablishment program. J. Ariz.-Nev. Acad. Sci. 23(Suppl.):14.

ABSTRACT: Captive Thick-billed Parrots have been released in the Chiricahua Mountains since September 1986. Biologists, enforcement agents, and volunteers are participating in the release program. Funding is provided in part by Arizona's Nongame Income Tax Checkoff and Federal agencies but mainly by direct contributions from conservation organizations and citizens. The primary purpose of the 5-year project is to return to the wild birds that have been confiscated after being smuggled into the United States from Mexico. However, we are now releasing captive-reared birds, as it appears that a resident population can be established. Justification for the release program stems from the thick-bill being native to Arizona. Reports date back to 1583, and flocks were still present (irregularly) in the early 1900's. Unknown factors eliminated thick-bills from Arizona and most of northern Mexico by the mid-1940's. Logging and shooting were probably largely responsible. Both are now controlled in the United States, but continue largely unabated in Mexico. The black market pet trade is also an important factor now. Enforcement agents estimate more than 300 thick-bills are smuggled into the United States each year. The entire release project will be discussed in this presentation. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Psittacidae Rhynchopsitta pachyrhyncha 1980's.

LOCATION: 3196 BIR

177. Johnson, T.B., and S.W. Hoffman. ND. The Masked Bobwhite: a critical decision. Ariz. Game and Fish Dep., Phoenix, AZ. 6 pp.

ABSTRACT: The paper provides background information on the establishment of Buenos Aires National Wildlife Refuge for reintroduction and protection of Masked Bobwhite Quail (Colinus virginianus ridgwayi). Historical distribution of the quail was centered in Sonora, Mexico, and a finger of this range extended a maximum of 50 miles into Arizona (map provided). The quail was extirpated in the U.S. by 1900 due to excessive livestock grazing in the 1880's and 1890's which destroyed the bird's subtropical savanna grassland habitat. Healthy populations remained in Sonora until 1937, the Mexican range was subsequently denuded, and by 1950 the quail was believed extinct. Remnant populations were discovered in Sonora in the 1960's and 1970's. Call count surveys during 1967-82 showed a sharp decline and extremely low populations in Mexico. Excessive livestock grazing, brush clearing, and range conversion to an exotic grass (Pennisetum ciliare) were believed responsible for the decline. A total of 2850 captive-reared birds were released at three sites in Sonora in 1980-1982. One release failed and overwinter survival at two sites was low. During 1970-79 an additional 5686 captive-reared Masked Bobwhite Quail were released in the U. S. and Mexico. First successful reproduction in the wild was observed in 1977 in Arizona and five small populations were established on Buenos Aires Ranch. No birds were detected on call count surveys after 1982; drought and livestock grazing denuded the ranch during 1979-82 and no birds were believed to exist in the wild at the time of writing in 1985. Buenos Aires Ranch was acquired as a National Wildlife Refuge in 1985 and will be intensively managed for Masked Bobwhite Quail habitat. Subsequent reintroduction attempts are expected. (BGA)

KEY WORDS: Phasianidae 1930's 1940's 1950's 1960's 1970's 1980's captive propagation history.

LOCATION: 311 BIR

178. Johnson, W.C. 1989. Michigan's Trumpeter Swan restoration program. Pages 108-110 in J.V. Englund, ed. Proceedings and Papers of the Twelfth Trumpeter Swan Society conference. Restoring the Trumpeter Swan to the upper midwest. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple PLain, MN.

ABSTRACT: In 1986, the Michigan Department of Natural Resources' Nongame Program embarked on a program to establish 2-3 self-sustaining breeding populations of Trumpeter Swans by the year 2000. Each population will number about 100 swans. During 1986-1989, 44 trumpeter eggs were cross-fostered to Mute Swans. Although 31 eggs hatched, only 6 cygnets fledged. In 1987, Michigan began to acquire parent-reared trumpeter cygnets for release as 2-year-olds. The first release took place in 1989, when 9 swans were released in southwestern Michigan. To introduce a second population in another part of Michigan, a second rear-and-release program involving Alaskan stock was initiated in 1989. Out of 20 eggs collected in Alaska, 19 cygnets hatched, 18 of which were reared and are being maintained as one flock. This group is scheduled for release in 1991. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1980's methodology Cygnus buccinator Cygnus olor

LOCATION: 4009 BIR

179. Jones, C.G., and A.W. Owadally. 1985. The status, ecology and conservation of the Mauritius Kestrel. Pages 211-222 in I. Newton and R.D. Chancellor, eds. Conservation studies on raptors. Proc. Second World Conf. Birds of Prey. Thessaloniki, Greece. April 1982. ICBP Tech. Publ. No. 5.

ABSTRACT: This paper summarizes efforts made to conserve the Mauritius Kestrel since 1973. Restricted to a small remaining area of native evergreen forest, the total population is now estimated at only c. 15 individuals. The feeding ecology and breeding ecology of the species are described, together with the causes of its decline. Various techniques employed in efforts to ensure its survival are discussed, chiefly habitat management and captive breeding. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco punctatus 1970's double clutching translocation predation.

LOCATION: 2667 BIR

180. Jones, W.L. 1984. Hacking Ospreys in West Virginia. Redstart 51(4):122-129.

ABSTRACT: Historically, few nests of Ospreys have been recorded in West Virginia despite the presence of suitable habitat. Because the lack of major Osprey populations close to West Virginia and the fidelity of Ospreys to their fledging location appear to limit the pioneering of Ospreys into the state, two young were translocated from the Chesapeake Bay area of Maryland to Elkins, West Virginia. Both birds fledged successfully from their hack site in July 1984. Because Ospreys do not reach sexual maturity until three years of age and mortality rates are high during the first three years, releases were planned at least until 1987 in the hope of establishing a self-sustaining population. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Pandionidae Pandion haliaetus 1980's hacking methodology.

LOCATION: 3144 BIR

181. Kalchreuter, H., and W. Wagner. 1982. Preliminary results of reintroduction programs of Blackgrouse (Lyrurus tetrix) and Capercaillie (Tetrao urogallus) in southern Germany (Frg). Pages 202-203 in T.W.I. Lovel, ed. Proc. Second Int. Symp. Grouse at Dalhousie Castle, Edinburgh, Scotland. March 1981. World Pheasant Assoc., Exning, Suffolk.

ABSTRACT: Since 1978, Blackgrouse (Lyrurus tetrix) and Capercaillie (Tetrao urogallus) have been reintroduced into areas in Southern Germany where they have disappeared in the prior decade. Between 35 to 51 Blackgrouse have been released each fall in the Wurzacher Ried and 20 Capercaillie near Schramberg in the central Black Forest. In the first year of releases, eight Blackgrouse and 10 Capercaillie were killed by predators. Predator control has since been implemented on the release areas. There have been random sightings of Blackgrouse, but no brooding activity has been observed. A small population of Capercaillie of unknown size has become established. Both reintroductions will continue. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2684 BIR

182. Kalla, P.I., and R.W. Dimmick. 1987. Evaluation of a Ruffed Grouse reintroduction in Tennessee. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 41:365-372.

ABSTRACT: Thirty-six Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus) trapped in eastern Tennessee were released in western Tennessee during fall and winter 1985-86. Birds were monitored by radio telemetry and/or observation through spring 1986. Drumming surveys were conducted in the spring of 1986 and 1987. Thirteen drumming logs were located. Two activity centers were delineated in 1986, and four in 1987. Characteristics of drumming logs and surrounding habitat are comparable with those reported in the literature. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1980's habitat movements restoration trapping.

LOCATION: 3230 BIR

183. Kear, J. 1975. Returning the Hawaiian Goose to the wild. Pages 115-124 in R.D. Martin, ed. Breeding endangered species in captivity. Academic Press, London.

ABSTRACT: The Hawaiian Goose, or Nene, population experienced precipitous declines from 25,000 to under 50 birds in 150 years. Captive breeding efforts to restore goose populations began in 1949 by the Hawaiian Board of Agriculture and Forestry and in 1952 by the Wildfowl Trust in England. Although the effort was initially plagued by poor incubation techniques and infertility due to inbreeding, 214 goslings were produced in 1970 as a result of vigorous selective breeding, improved incubation techniques, and sound nutrition. The first release of 20 Hawaiian-reared geese to augment the only wild flock occurred on the island of Hawaii in 1960, when the birds were placed in an open-topped predator-proof fenced pen. In 1962, 30 English-bred Nene were similarly released on the island of Maui, where they had become extinct during the nineteenth century. No breeding was noted during the first year after the releases, and some birds were seen up to 15 miles away from the release site. Between 1960-1972, a grand total of 1195 birds were released on Hawaii and Maui. In July 1971, two banded birds were seen on Maui with three fully fledged goslings. It is estimated that the world population of the Hawaiian Goose is over 1000 birds, of which at least 600 are thought to be in the wild. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Branta sandvicensis captive propagation

LOCATION: 2569 BIR

184. Kelly, S.T., and C.M. Kirkpatrick. 1978. Evaluation of a Ruffed Grouse reintroduction in northern Indiana. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 87:173.

ABSTRACT: Throughout northern Indiana, in the late 1800's and early 1900's, once substantial Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus) populations were extirpated by intensive agriculture. Land abandonment and public land purchases have recently produced potentially suitable grouse habitat, and since 1952 the Indiana Department of Natural Resources has attempted to restore the species to part of its former range. One reintroduction was made at Jasper-Pulaski Fish and Wildlife Area, where 89 wild-trapped birds were released in the falls of 1970 and 1971. This study evaluated the success of that reintroduction. Drumming counts conducted during the springs of 1976 and 1977 revealed 14 and 20 drumming activity centers, respectively. Density estimates derived from season strip censuses ranged from 6-31 birds per 100 hectares. Flush counts indicated that birds used the upland hardwood-brush type during all seasons except winter when the birds moved to the lowland woody community, possibly because of changes in food availability. Reproduction was suggested in 1977 by the capture of three unbanded drumming males, and confirmed by the sighting of five broods during the summer field season. The Ruffed Grouse appears to be the established on this area, and the success of this reintroduction indicates that restocking is a viable means of re-establishing the Ruffed Grouse in other forested portions of northern Indiana. (AA) Reprinted with permission from the Indiana Academy of Science.

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Tetraonidae 1970's.

LOCATION: 3185 BIR

185. Kelly, S.T., and C.M. Kirkpatrick. 1979. Evaluation of a Ruffed Grouse reintroduction in northern Indiana. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 7:287-291.

ABSTRACT: The Indiana Department of Fish and Wildlife released Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus) at 21 sites in Indiana from 1961 to 1974. Success of releases in the Jasper-Pulaski Fish and Wildlife Area in 1971 and 1972 are evaluated. Eighty-nine grouse were released on the area. The spring breeding population was estimated at 5.4 grouse/100 ha in 1976 and 7.8 grouse/100 ha in 1977. Reproduction had occurred on the area. Upland hardwood brush was the preferred habitat of released grouse in the summer. Lowland-woody areas were preferred in the winter. Male drumming and evidence of reproduction indicate successful reintroduction. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1970's.

LOCATION: 2908 BIR

186. Kenward, R. 1977. Captive breeding - a contribution by falconers to the preservation of Falconiformes. Pages 378-381 in World Conference on Birds of Prey, Vienna. October 1975. Int. Counc. for Bird Preservation, Great Britain.

ABSTRACT: Since the end of the 1960's, falconers have been breeding a variety of birds of prey in captivity to produce birds for release. Although the records presented are incomplete, data are given on number of falcons bred per year by falconers and the proportions of various bird of prey species bred by falconers privately and in research establishments. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Accipitridae

LOCATION: 2647 BIR

187. Kenward, R.E., M. Marquiss, and I. Newton. 1981. What happens to Goshawks trained for falconry. J. Wildl. Manage. 45: 802-806.

ABSTRACT: To assess the impact of falconry on wild raptor populations, estimates of the proportion of trained birds that are released or lost and their ability to survive the transition to the wild were made by (1) asking 143 falconers with Goshawks to provide survivorship information (fate of each hawk, cause of death, and known survival time in wild) once every 2 years (from 1970-1978), (2) releasing 22 Goshawks in unfavorable conditions (as if lost by falconers), and (3) comparing raptor importation records of the British Falconer's Club (BFC) with a 1970 questionnaire given to BFC members (Data were used to estimate the number of imported Goshawks that become wild in Britain). Annual mortality was about 22% for Goshawks supplied by the BFC. Half of the falconers' birds survived for more than 3 years on average, whereas over 50% of wild Goshawks die within their first year. (JCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Accipiter gentilis Britain 1970's telemetry.

LOCATION: 131 BIR

188. Kittelson, S.M. 1988. An update of the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources Trumpeter Swan Restoration Project. Pages 50-52 in Proceedings and Papers of the Eleventh Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN. ABSTRACT: The Nongame Program of the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources Section of Wildlife continued its efforts to restore Trumpeter Swans to Minnesota in 1987. The second of three planned egg collections in Alaska took place in June 1987, and 43 of 50 eggs (80%) hatched 1-2 weeks later under artificial incubation. The program suffered a setback when a mink entered the captive facilities and killed 31 of these 43 Alaskan cygnets. Cygnets were subsequently acquired from other sources and the 1987 hatched bird total was brought up to 35 cygnets. The first release of ten pairs of swans also occurred in northwestern Minnesota in 1987.

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator 1980's predation captive propagation

LOCATION: 4012 BIR

189. Kittelson, S.M. 1989. An update of Minnesota's Trumpeter Swan restoration efforts -- the captive rearing program. Pages 95-96 in Proceedings and Papers of the Twelfth Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. Restoring the Trumpeter Swan to the upper midwest. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN.

ABSTRACT: A plan to expand Minnesota's Trumpeter Swan reintroduction efforts beyond Hennepin Parks began in August 1979. The goal of this project is to establish a migratory breeding population of at least 15 pairs of Trumpeter Swans in western Minnesota by 1995. Between 1982 and 1989, 194 eggs were acquired from various sources, and 157 of these eggs hatched. An additional 153 swans were also acquired during this period. A total of 92 swans were released through 1989, with another 108 projected for release by 1994. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1980's Cygnus buccinator

LOCATION: 4009 BIR

190. Konrad, P.M. 1976. Potential for the reintroduction of cranes into areas of former habituation. Pages 317-325 in J.C. Lewis, ed. Proc. Int. Crane Workshop. Baraboo, Wis., September 1975. Oklahoma State Univ. Publ. and Printing.

ABSTRACT: Six of the 15 species of cranes found in the world today are listed as being endangered and threatened with extinction. Captive breeding projects have been implemented with the hope of eventually restocking vanishing populations of cranes. Crane reintroduction and three successful reintroductions of endangered waterfowl species are reviewed. Guidelines are discussed for the selection of habitat and for the selection of cranes for reintroduction and four methods of reintroduction are described. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae Whooping Crane Florida Sandhill Crane Mississippi Sandhill Crane Grus canadensis Grus americana extinction survival.

LOCATION: 2651 BIR

191. Korschgen, L.J. 1966. Foods and nutrition of Ruffed Grouse in Missouri. J. Wildl. Manage. 30:86-100.

ABSTRACT: In efforts to reestablish the Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus) in Missouri, three experimental areas were recently stocked with wild birds trapped in Ohio and Indiana: Ashland Wildlife Research Area, Boone County; Daniel Boone State Forest, Warren County; and Carman Spring Refuge, Howell County. Seven thousand samples of droppings collected in all months, February 1961-September 1964, were analyzed to learn principal foods and native plants that might be managed to benefit grouse under Missouri conditions. Plant foods of 111 kinds, or groups, and 33 animal foods were identified. Diet and degree of utilization of foods varied greatly by season and year. Principal foods in decreasing order of volume were unidentified green leaf materials, hop hornbeam, acorns, wild grapes, tick trefoils, Japanese (multiflora) rose, ladies' tobacco, fragrant sumac, bittersweet, bush clovers, Korean lespedeza, hazelnut, Christmas fern, and sedges. No animal food was important in the year-round diet. Nutritional analyses based upon food composition and volume percentages in the diet showed that body building protein (15.5 percent) was taken in greatest amount during summer, fat (6.4 percent) and carbohydrates (71.5 percent) as fat and energy producing compounds were taken most in winter, and the largest mineral amounts (6.6 percent) were taken during the summer period of production, growth, and development. Selection of quality foods to meet bodily needs was indicated. Approximately 15 percent, by volume, of all foods was furnished by high canopy trees, 45 percent by understory trees, shrubs, vines, and brambles, and 40 percent by herbaceous forbs and grasses. The data emphasize the need for mixed vegetative types in productive grouse habitat. (AA) Copyright 1966 by The Wildlife Society.

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1960's food habits.

LOCATION: 2457 BIR

192. Korthas, K.L. 1978. Evaluation of stocking hand-reared Mallards on farm ponds in southern Iowa. M.S. Thesis. Iowa State Univ., Ames. 78pp.

ABSTRACT: "Wild" and half-wild (F₁) adult and immature hand-reared Mallards were released and observed on farm ponds in south-central Iowa during the spring and summer 1974 and 1976. Farm ponds were subjectively classified as good, fair, or poor based on their potential value for breeding waterfowl. Poor ponds comprised 71 percent, fair ponds 27 percent, and good ponds 2 percent of the 3,179 ponds surveyed. A higher percentage of F₁ adults remained on ponds both years. Highest observation rate for both strains was on good ponds. Nests were observed at only 12 percent of 258 ponds stocked with adults; of 43 nests attempted, 74 percent were established by F₁ adults. Successful nests comprised 33 percent of the nests attempted, and highest success and brood survival was on good ponds. Establishment of a Mallard population by means of adult releases was not successful since relatively little nesting occurred and brood survival was low. Low brood survival was attributed to predation by large mouth bass (Micropterus salmoides) and snapping turtles (Chelydra serpentina) and lack of adequate brood cover. "Wild" immatures remained on ponds slightly better than F₁ immatures during the first 7 weeks of 1975 and first 4 weeks of 1976. Most immatures were able to fly by week Nos. 2 or 3 and began moving to other ponds after week 5. Prior to week No. 6 when increased movement was noted, immatures of both strains were seen at a higher rate on good ponds all years. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1970's homing pond classification.

LOCATION: 157 BIR

193. Kraft, R.H. 1986. Status Report of the Lacreek Trumpeter Swan Flock Management Plan, August 1986. Pages 96-99 in D. Compton, ed., Proc. Papers Tenth Trumpeter Swan Soc. Conf. Grand Prairie, Alberta. 3-6 September 1986.

ABSTRACT: A total of 187 Trumpeter Swans (Cygnus buccinator) returned to Lacreek National Wildlife Refuge following the 1985 breeding season, including 43 cygnets. This compares unfavorably to the all-time peak of 263 Trumpeter Swans, including 57 cygnets, that returned in 1983. Severe winter weather may have caused an influx in early December 1983, followed by a rapid decrease of over 100 swans during the next few weeks. Unbanded Trumpeter Swans were reported in Arkansas and Oklahoma in late December 1983 and early January 1984, with subsequent sightings in Kansas and Oklahoma in the following years. A winter migration pattern may be developing. An attempt was made to band and collar Trumpeter Swans on the southern edge of the sandhills to provide positive identification of any migrating birds. The marking effort was fraught with problems, and only one swan was marked in 1986. The sandhill/high plains flock continues to produce more cygnets to flight stage every year. Lacreek Refuge Trumpeter Swan production continues to improve, with 19 cygnets brought to flight stage in 1986. Seven subadult Trumpeter Swans were captured and transferred to Mingo National Wildlife Refuge in Missouri in 1986 -- four died in the first month. Landowners where swans were captured for the transplant are concerned about the mortality at Mingo Refuge in Missouri. Additional work on this needs to be done.

KEY WORDS: 1980's Anatidae transplant.

LOCATION: 4011 BIR.

194. Kress, S.W. 1977. Establishing Atlantic Puffins at a former breeding site. Pages 373-377 in S.A. Temple, ed. Endangered birds: management techniques for preserving threatened species. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: In 1974, a program began to reestablish the Atlantic Puffin to its former breeding site on Eastern Egg Rock in Muscongus Bay, Maine. Puffin chicks were selected from burrows in North America's largest puffin colony on Great Island, Newfoundland and transported to artificial burrows on Eastern Egg Rock. Research assistants fed the chicks until they fledged, and all chicks received both color bands and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service metal bands. Between 1973 and 1977, 347 out of 354 transplanted puffins (98%) fledged from Eastern Egg Rock. Because the presence of adults may encourage puffins to land at colony sites, 40 adult puffin decoys were placed on the release site. A total of nine confirmed two-year-old puffins were seen at Egg Rock in 1977, which suggests that translocated puffins are homing to their release site. Although puffins do not breed until five years old, none of the transplanted puffins have yet been observed engaging in breeding behaviors. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Alcidae Fratercula arctica 1970's techniques

LOCATION: 2603 BIR

195. Kress, S.W. 1982. The return of the Atlantic Puffin to Eastern Egg Rock, Maine. Living Bird Q. 1(1):11-14.

ABSTRACT: An effort to reestablish a breeding colony of puffins at Eastern Egg Rock began in 1973. Five puffin chicks from a colony on Great Island, Newfoundland were hand-reared on nearby Hog Island and transported to Egg Rock for maturing and subsequent fledging. By June of 1977, 248 young puffins had been released from Egg Rock in this manner without a single bird ever having returned. Decoys of adult puffins were secured to granite outcrops to lure transplanted puffins back to the release site, and in mid-June 1977, the first transplanted bird landed on Eastern Egg Rock. The first evidence of transplanted puffins breeding came in 1979 from nearby Matinicus Rock, and five pairs hatched young at Egg Rock in 1981. One of these pairs was unbanded, which suggests that the release site is attracting birds from other puffin colonies as well. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Breeding colony reestablishment Alcidae Fratercula arctica 1970's methodology

LOCATION: 2673 BIR

196. Kress, S.W. 1983. The use of decoys, sound recordings, and gull control for re-establishing a tern colony in Maine. Colon. Waterbirds 6:185-196.

ABSTRACT: To re-establish breeding Arctic Terns, (Sterna paradisaea) on Eastern Egg Rock (Knox Co., Maine), breeding populations of Great Black-backed Gulls (Larus marinus) and Herring Gulls (L. argentatus) were eliminated and social attractants (Arctic Tern decoys and sound recordings of nonaggressive tern vocalizations) were used to attract terms to this former nesting site. Herring Gull populations were significantly reduced after the first summer of control efforts and Great Black-backed Gulls were significantly reduced after three summers of control by poisoning, shooting, egg and chick destruction, and human disturbance. Common Eider (Somateria mollissima) and Black Guillemot (Cepphus grylle) populations have remained constant despite nine years of gull control and human occupation on the island. In the first year of using decoys and sound recordings, tern sightings nearly doubled in frequency and in the third year of using these attractants, Arctic Terns and Common Terns (Sterna hirundo) nested in the immediate vicinity of the decoys and playback speaker. Roseate Terns (S. dougallii) joined the colony in 1981. By 1982 Eastern Egg Rock supported the largest Common Tern colony in Maine. The relative importance of gull control, decoys, and sound recordings cannot be determined from this study; however, the re-establishment of breeding terns on Eastern Egg Rock demonstrates that tern populations may be restored through an integrated program of gull control and social attractants. These techniques offer opportunities for re-establishing terns on historic, remote locations where they are safer from increased predation, flooding, and human disturbance often characteristic of sites adjacent to mainlands. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Laridae 1970's 1980's methodology.

LOCATION: 3043 BIR

197. Kress, S.W., and D.N. Nettleship. 1988. Re-establishment of Atlantic Puffins (Fratercula arctica) at a former breeding site in the Gulf of Maine. J. Field Ornithol. 59:161-170.

ABSTRACT: Of 774 Atlantic Puffin (Fratercula arctica) nestlings transplanted from Great Island, Newfoundland to Eastern Egg Rock in Muscongus Bay, Maine, 147 are known to have returned to the Gulf of Maine, of these, 36 nested at Eastern Egg Rock, 17 at Matinicus Rock, and one at Machias Seal Island. Inter-island movements between these colonies decreased with age: 44% of 2-yr olds observed moved between islands, the proportion was 25% for 3-yr olds and 14% for 4-yr olds. At Eastern Egg Rock, the average age at first breeding increased from 4.2 yr in 1981 to 5.8 yr in 1985. Pairs that nested earlier in the season were more successful in producing a fledgling than those that nested later. This study demonstrated that young puffins learn the location of their natal island sometime after they are 2 wk. old, and they will return and nest at a transplant site or nearby existing puffin colony. This study also demonstrated that young transplanted puffins develop a breeding schedule associated with conditions at their release site, rather than conditions where they were hatched, i.e., a genetically determined timetable for breeding. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Alcidae 1980's.

LOCATION: 2846 BIR

198. Kurzejeski, E.W., and B.G. Root. 1988. Survival of reintroduced Ruffed Grouse in north Missouri. J. Wildl. Manage. 52:248-252.

ABSTRACT: We studied survival of a reintroduced Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus) population in north Missouri from 16 September 1986 to 30 April 1987. Estimates of survival were derived from 77 radio-marked grouse with the Kaplan-Meier product-limit method. Survival from release to spring was 0.245 + 0.05 (SE) and was not constant. Most losses occurred from release through fall. Adult male survival differed from that of immature males and immature females. No other differences were evident among age and sex classes. Grouse whose movements exceeded the mean daily movement had higher mortality rates than more sedentary birds. Survival of grouse into the breeding season may limit the success of reintroductions. (AA) Copyright 1988 by The Wildlife Society.

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1980's.

LOCATION: 3138 BIR

199. Lance, A.N. 1974. Releases of pen-reared Red Grouse (Lagopus l. scoticus) to restock breeding populations in Ireland. Int. Congr. Game Biol. 11:225-229.

ABSTRACT: A series of experimental liberations of Red Grouse on blanket bogland is described, and the underlying assumptions briefly discussed. The aim was to find whether pen-reared birds could be used to supplement sparse breeding populations. The releases were of the "gentle" type, with artificial food provided and the birds allowed to depart voluntarily. Times of year, diets in captivity, and releasing procedures were altered between experiments in an attempt to narrow down the relevant variables. None of 65 birds remained on the release sites for more than a few days, although wild grouse occupied the sites continuously and survived well. Neither predation, inclement weather, nor starvation appeared necessary to account for the losses. Instead the most evident factors were a spontaneous and extensive dispersal and an apparent lack of ability in habitat selection. The results compare unfavourably with increases in breeding stocks achieved through habitat improvement. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1970's.

LOCATION: 3221 BIR

200. Lanier, J.W., J.E. McGowan, and B.J. Hill. 1983. Peregrine Falcon reintroduction program on the White Mountain National Forest. Trans. Northeast Fish Wildl. Conf. 40:167.

ABSTRACT: Since 1976, the USDA Forest Service, the Peregrine Fund, Inc. at Cornell University, and USDI Fish and Wildlife Service have cooperated in the hacking of captive-bred Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus) in central and northern New Hampshire as part of the Eastern Peregrine Falcon Reintroduction Program. To date, the attempted release of 53 young peregrines has taken place at two sites in the White Mountain National Forest. These include 38 peregrines at a historical peregrine aerie and 15 at a second cliff site where release operations began in 1981. Forty-one of the 53 peregrines (77%) survived to the point where supplemental food provided by the site attendants was no longer required and peregrines left release areas of their own accord. The 12 young peregrines lost during the release operations include two peregrines trapped and returned to Cornell University for captive breeding in 1979, five of which were driven from the site by an adult peregrine of unknown origin in 1980, four of which died from nutritional problems in 1981, and one found dead from unknown causes in 1982. Of the 41 peregrines that survived and successfully left the release sites, only six have been recovered. These include one shot and killed in New Hampshire (1976 release), one found dead in Saskatchewan, Canada, in 1977 (1976 release), one found shot in New Hampshire (1977 release) which recovered and was re-released in 1978, one found injured in New York (1978 release) which later died of its injuries, one found injured in Pennsylvania (1981 release) which had to be destroyed, and one trapped and released in northern Mexico (1982 release). Known returns of released peregrines occurred in 1979 when a female from the 1977 release was briefly seen near the release site, and in 1981 when a female from the 1978 release and a male of unknown origin nested and successfully reared two female young on a cliff in northern New Hampshire. A pair of falcons was present at the nest site in 1982, but positive identification of the birds was not made. Any nesting attempt by the pair apparently failed. At the present time, the White Mountain National Forest contains the only release sites operated in New Hampshire. Other organizations cooperating with the White Mountain releases include the New Hampshire Fish and Game Department, the Audubon Society of New Hampshire, and numerous volunteers. Current plans call for continuing the peregrine releases as long as suitable release sites that are not occupied by returning peregrines and captive-bred young are available. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Falconidae 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2631 BIR

201. Larsen, R.T.F., and W.A. Newlands. 1977. Reintroduction of the Capercaillie Tetrao urogallus into the Gran Paradiso National Park, Italy. World Pheasant Assoc. J. II. p. 62-73.

ABSTRACT: In 1976, the authors visited Gran Paradiso National Park in Italy to determine its suitability as a reintroduction site for the Capercaillie. All three areas surveyed within the park seemed capable of supporting a breeding population of Capercaiilie, but the Val de Nomenon was deemed to be the most suitable due to its available habitat and low levels of human disturbance. The proposed option for reintroduction was to transport juvenile birds from a healthy Scottish population to the proposed release site in summer, and to overwinter them in large pens for release in late spring or early summer. Emphasis was also placed on the importance of monitoring these released birds to determine success of the transplant as well as to clarify the degree of pine/spruce feeding preferences in this species. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae Tetrao urogallus

LOCATION: 3095 BIR

202. Lawrence, J.S., and N.J. Silvy. 1987. Movement and mortality of transplanted Attwater's Prairie Chickens. World Pheasant Assoc. J. 12:57-65.

ABSTRACT: In 1979, 39 adult Attwater's Prairie Chickens (23 males, 16 females) were translocated from an area in Galveston County, Texas that was to be developed as a residential subdivision to a prairie release site in Victoria County, Texas. The mean distance birds dispersed was 4.3 km for females and 4.8 km for males. Birds did not remain in the release area, even when recorded vocalizations of lekking Prairie Chickens were played. Home ranges established by released birds averaged 1,106 ha for females and 1,116 ha for males. Survival of transplanted Attwater's Prairie Chickens was low. Females survived an average of 79.7 days after release; males survived an average of 103.8 days. The translocated birds did not exhibit nesting or lekking behavior. Several factors may have contributed to the failure of this release: 1) translocated adult birds may be more inclined to seek familiar range, increasing post-release movement; 2) habitat quality at the release site may have been unfavorable; 3) few birds were transplanted; and 4) season of release may not have been favorable. For future transplants, the authors recommend: 1) evaluating habitat conditions prior to release; 2) birds should be monitored after release to determine habitat use, movement, and survival; 3) consider using predator control at the release site; 4) release young-of-the-year birds if possible; and 5) modify release techniques to enhance group cohesion. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae Tympanuchus cupido attwateri 1970's.

LOCATION: 3094 BIR

203. Lee, F.B., and A.D. Kruse. 1973. High survival and homing rate of hand-reared wild-strain mallards. J. Wildl. Manage. 37: 154-159.

ABSTRACT: In the summer of 1970, 648 (329 males and 319 females) hand-reared wild-strain mallards (Anas platyrhynchos) were banded and released at the Arrowwood National Wildlife Refuge, Edmunds, North Dakota. The females were also marked with numbered nasal saddles. Liberation was the gentle release method, and no special effort was made to isolate or condition the ducklings prior to release. ducklings were placed in an enclosed pond area at 25 to 45 days of age. Altogether, 627 (97 percent) ducklings reached flight age and dispersed gradually into the wild. All had left the release area by 25 November. First-year band recovery reports indicated that 68 (11 percent) of the birds were shot in 15 states. Their migration pattern was similar to that for immature wild mallards banded in North Dakota in 1970. (P)Eighty-nine (33 percent) of a possible 270 marked females returned to Arrowwood Refuge during 1971. When consideration is given to assumed normal natural morality and crippling loss, an estimated minimum of 43 percent of the surviving females returned to the release area. Returning birds not observed would raise this figure even higher. This potential homing rate is considerably higher than rates reported for other studies using various strain of mallards. Numerous observations of nests and broods indicated that breeding behavior and nesting success were similar to those of wild mallards in the area. (P)The success of this release is attributed to the inherent capability of hand-reared, wild-strain mallards to revert to their wild behavior, and to the high survival to flight age and first fall migration afforded by the gentle release in a sanctuary area. Indications are that releases of this type under the described conditions can be used to increase the breeding populations of mallards in a local area. (AA) Copyright 1973 by The Wildlife Society.

KEY WORDS: 1970's Anatidae

LOCATION: 2459 BIR.

204. Lee, F.B., C.H. Schroeder, T.L. Kuck, L.J. Schoonover, M.A. Johnson, H.K. Nelson, and C.A. Beauduy. 1984. Rearing and restoring giant Canada Geese in the Dakotas. N.D. Game and Fish Dept., Bismarck. 79pp.

ABSTRACT: Few restoration efforts have equaled the success of that of the Giant Canada Goose. The number of free-flying geese in South Dakota in 1965 was estimated to be only 775 birds, all of which were associated with National Wildlife Refuges. This population increased to over 20,000 geese by 1982 due to added protection and a massive release program that began in 1967. Remarkable increases were also noted in North Dakota, where the fall 1982 resident population numbered 8500 geese. This publication provides a history of the recovery of the Giant Canada Goose, with detailed sections on their propagation and establishment of free-flying flocks. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Branta canadensis maxima history 1960's 1970's 1980's captive propagation

LOCATION: 2582 BIR

205. Lengkeek, D.L. 1973. Evaluation of Giant Canada Goose restoration in western South Dakota. M.S. Thesis. South Dakota State Univ., Brookings. 66 pp.

ABSTRACT: A study of Giant Canada Goose (Branta canadensis maxima) restoration in western South Dakota was conducted during 1970 and 1971. Nesting, production and mortality, homing, and pioneering were evaluated both years. Nesting began April 4 in 1970 and extended for 73 days, but the peak of nesting occurred from April 29 to May 5. In 1971, nesting began April 1 and continued for 69 days, with the peak occurring April 8 - 14. The peak of hatching occurred June 6 - 12 in 1970 and May 8 - 14 during 1971. Small stockponds were utilized for nesting both years. Islands were preferred nesting sites. Peninsulas and shore sites contained over half of the nests and artificial structures were also used. Of the 82 nests observed, 85 percent were in ungrazed areas. Nests on land were found an average of 27 feet from water and 68 percent were within 15 feet. The mean elevation above water was 3.4 feet for all nests; 3.7 feet for land nests, and 1.6 feet for nests in artificial structures. Almost all nest sites were found in relatively bare areas and afforded maximum visibility for the nesting geese. Thirty-four plant species were observed at nest sites, but no species was preferred. Thirty-two clutches had 158 eggs during 1970, and 50 clutches had 273 eggs during 1971; mean clutch size was 4.9 eggs in 1970 and 5.5 in 1971. Clutches ranged from two to nine eggs during the 2-year period. Clutches of one to four eggs had 45.5 percent hatchability, and larger clutches of five to nine eggs had hatchability of 73.1 percent. Of the 82 nests, 78.1 percent successfully hatched and 15.9 percent were destroyed; 12.2 percent by mammalian predators and 3.7 percent by flooding. Desertion occurred in 3.6 percent of the nests, and eggs in 2.4 percent were incubated but failed to hatch. Infertility accounted for 14.2 percent of the egg loss. Embryonic death occurred in 5.6 percent of the eggs, and 11.8 percent were destroyed. During the 2 years, 295 goslings were produced from 64 nests. Of these, 263 (89.2 percent) were raised to flight stage. Ninety-one percent of the gosling mortality occurred during the initial 2 weeks following hatching when broods were moving between water areas. Broods in the Belvidere area moved an average of 2.7 miles before congregating on a rearing-molting area. The sex ratio of 136 adults homing to the study area was 1.1 females per male and 29 yearlings that homed had a sex ratio of 2.2. Pioneering was limited both years. Seventy percent of the geese were recaptured within 5 miles of the dam on which they were reared on released in previous years. The mean distance moved from the original release site to the site of recapture was 1.0 miles. Of 64 geese released in 1970, six pairs that returned in 1971 were observed to have pioneered an average of only 3.4 miles from the release site. High nest success, low mortality of goslings, and homing to the area of release have all contributed to the success of the restoration project. The population is now self-sustaining and will continue to grow if factors affecting production remain favorable and mortality factors do not increase appreciably. (AA) KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1970's.

LOCATION: 121 BIR

206. Lever, C. 1984. Conservation success for two Bermudan bird species. Oryx 18:138-143.

ABSTRACT: In 1951, a population of 18 pairs of cahows (Pterodroma cahow) was discovered on the Castle Harbour Islands, Bermuda. The elimination of egg destruction by nesting competitor, the diurnal White-tailed Tropicbird (Phaethon lepturus), the decreased use of DDT, and intensive management of cahow nesting sites have enabled population growth to recover from a low of 18 breeding pairs in 1961 to 35 pairs in 1983. Yellow-crowned Night-Herons (Nycticorax violaceus) increased to breed in Bermuda, probably in the early 1940's. In 1976, 1977, and 1978, 10, 17, and 19 nestlings, respectively, were collected in sibling groups from Tampa Bay, Florida for reestablishment on Nonsuch Island. By the end of the 1982 breeding season, a self-perpetuating colony was established. (JCA)

KEY WORDS: Ardeidae Procellariidae Bermuda Petrel 1970's historical account reproduction survival transport.

LOCATION: 2472 BIR

207. Lewis, J.B. 1959. Wild Turkey restoration in Missouri - attempts and methods. Pages 70-73 in Proc. First Natl. Wild Turkey Symp., Memphis.

ABSTRACT: The objective of the turkey restoration effort in Missouri is the re-establishment of huntable populations. Wild-trapped turkeys were trapped from a fenced tract in the southern Ozarks and released in other areas. In the first season of trapping, 1957-58, 14 turkeys were captured. Fifteen birds had been captured thus far in the second season. Turkeys have been released in six areas. Two of the releases have been successful, one is doubtful, and it is too early to evaluate success of the other three. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae Meleagris gallopavo 1950's.

LOCATION: 2836 BIR

208. Lewis, J.B., J.D. McGowan, and T.S. Baskett. 1968. Evaluating Ruffed Grouse reintroduction in Missouri. J. Wildl. Manage. 32:17-28.

ABSTRACT: The Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus) was almost extirpated in Missouri in the early 1900's, probably because of habitat destruction through repeated burning and overgrazing. An attempt to reintroduce grouse during the 1940's failed. Since then, improved habitat conditions for forest game warranted other attempts. Wild-trapped birds from Ohio and Indiana were released in Missouri on the Ashland Wildlife Research Area, Boone County; and Daniel Boone State Forest, Warren County. Thirty-nine grouse were released in 1959 at Ashland and 18 on the Boone Forest. Subsequent releases brought the Ashland Area total to 119 birds and the Boone forest total to 143. For evaluating results of reintroduction, data were obtained during eight breeding seasons, 1960-67. Thirty-six drumming activity centers were found at Ashland, 1962-67, and 26 on the Daniel Boone Forest, 1961-67. Reproduction at Ashland was confirmed in 1963, 1964, 1965, and 1966 by catches of young grouse; and four unbanded drumming males, evidently progeny of the released birds, were trapped. Ruffed Grouse appear to be established on both areas, but densities are low and occupancy of range beyond the release areas has been limited. (AA) Copyright 1968 by The Wildlife Society.

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1950's 1960's dispersal.

LOCATION: 2464 BIR

209. Ligon, J.D., P.B. Stacey, R.N. Conner, C.E. Bock, and C. Adkisson. 1986. Report of the American Ornithologists' Union Committee for the conservation of the Red-cockaded Woodpecker. Auk 103:848-855.

ABSTRACT: The Red-cockaded Woodpecker (Picoides borealis) in the southeastern United States has become endangered as a result of dependence on mature, open pine woodlands. This habitat, maintained in the past only by recurring fire, has become very scarce because of both the cutting of the pine forests for timber and the exclusion of fire. Moreover, modern timber management practices focus almost exclusively on the production and harvest of young trees on private land and middle-aged trees on public land. Although Red-cockaded Woodpeckers are legally protected by the Endangered Species Act, management practices detrimental to the birds continue. Enough is known about the habitat requirements of these woodpeckers that further declines in numbers on the national forest and other public lands could probably be prevented by the maintenance of suitable habitat. The new Red-cockaded Woodpecker Recovery Plan (USFWS 1985) makes many important recommendations for the conservation of this species, but in our view it should be more restrictive. The fate of an endangered species hangs in the balance. Conservation of Red-cockaded Woodpeckers requires multiple approaches, including (1) accurate population censuses, (2) enforcement of legally mandated management procedures, (3) experimental studies of the production of cavity trees, (4) designation of at least one national forest primarily for studies of the woodpeckers, (5) evaluation of Recovery Plan recommendations concerning foraging habitat in different geographic regions, and (6) evaluation of the currently accepted replacement/recruitment stand concept, as described in "The Forest Service Wildlife Habitat Management Handbook." In addition, individuals can contribute significantly to the future of this species by working with conservation organizations to develop habitat corridors and by monitoring clans of Red-cockaded Woodpeckers. (AS)

KEY WORDS: Picidae review paper.

LOCATION: 2885 BIR

210. Ligon, J.S. 1946. Upland game bird restoration through trapping and transplanting. New Mexico Game and Fish Comm. 77pp. ABSTRACT: The methods found most practical for the transplanting of upland game birds to reduce local over-populations and to restock depleted environments are described and illustrated. Trapping and moving should be confined to cool or cold periods of the year but advantage should be taken of seasonal concentrations and peaks of abundance. Dark brown or black twine netting rather than wire should be used for trap construction, but rodents may damage such traps when left out overnight. Crates for holding birds should limit entrance of direst light and be padded or have buffer tops. Success of transplanting is increased when the period from time of capture to time of release is as short as practical. (BG)

KEY WORDS: capture methods transport trapping

LOCATION: 3198 BIR

211. Lindberg, P. 1977. The Peregrine Falcon in Sweden. Pages 329-338 in R.D. Chancellor, ed. Rep. Proc. World Conf. Birds of Prey. Vienna. October 1975. Int. Counc. Bird Preservation. ABSTRACT: In the early 1900's, the Peregrine Falcon nested throughout Sweden and was considered not depletable. By 1957, the peregrine had gained full protection due to steadily decreasing numbers. In view of this decline, the Swedish Society for the Conservation of Nature initiated a captive breeding program to boost falcon numbers. This breeding experiment is a long-term project with three phases: 1) establishing breeding material for rearing in controlled conditions, 2)building up an adequate productive stock for future release of surplus eggs and young, and 3)reintroduction. Actions will also be taken to preserve and improve habitat for the falcons. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus captive-rearing.

LOCATION: 3152 BIR

212. Lindberg, P. 1988. Reintroducing the Peregrine Falcon in Sweden. Pages 619-628 in T.J. Cade, J.H. Enderson, C.G. Thelander, and C.M. White, eds. Peregrine Falcon populations: their management and recovery. The Peregrine Fund, Inc. Boise, ID.

ABSTRACT: A captive breeding program was initiated in Sweden in 1974 with the main aim to reintroduce peregrines in SW Sweden and partly to reinforce declining populations in other areas of Fennoscandia. The program is under development, and the first goal is to release 200 falcons during a 10-year period in SW Sweden. The natural population in this area declined from 62 pairs in 1955 to one in 1975. A release of 200 falcons may result in a population of 32 breeding pairs after 15 years, using the following survival and production parameters: So (lst yr) 40%, S (subseq. yrs) 80%, production 1.5 young/breeding attempt and breeding at 2 years. Effects of inbreeding, chance, and dispersal on small populations are discussed. The captive population involves 50 falcons, of which ca. 50% are unrelated. Only birds of subsp. F. p. peregrinus originating mainly from Fennoscandia will be released. Of 14 females older than 4 years, seven have produced young (1985)--five by natural copulation and two by artificial insemination. In 1978-85 a total of 218 eggs were laid (11 females) of which 89 were fertile (hatchability 76%) resulting in 64 young; 30 young were fostered to wild birds, 16 released by hacking, and 18 kept in captivity. In 1984 at least seven wild pairs made breeding attempts in SW Sweden and SE Norway (adjoining the release-area). In three pairs color-ringed birds released 1982-83 were observed. (AA) This abstract also available under same title as page 13 in Abstr. Int. Peregrine Conf. Symp. Manage. Birds of Prey. Sacramento, CA. 1985. Raptor Res. Found. See reprint number 2957.

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1970's 1980's Falco peregrinus

LOCATION: 2638 (2957) BIR

213. Lindberg, P. 1983. Captive breeding and a programme for reintroduction of the Peregrine Falcon Falco peregrinus in Fennoscandia. Pages 65-78 in J. Fjeldsa and H. Meltofte, eds. Proc. Third Nordic Congr. Ornithol., 1981.

ABSTRACT: In 1974, the Swedish Society for the Conservation of Nature began a joint captive breeding program for Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus) with Norway and Finland in response to rapidly declining peregrine populations in the respective countries. Breeding of stock from Sweden, Norway, Finland, and Scotland is underway. Two of eight mature pairs laid fertile eggs in 1981. Reintroduction will begin when the captive stock consists of at least 10 reproductive pairs, believed to be achievable by the mid 1980's. Some of the Finnish progeny will be released in Finland, and 20-30 birds per year will be experimentally released in Sweden. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae diet disease fostering genetics hacking models mortality.

LOCATION: 2683 BIR

214. Lindberg, P. 1985. Population status, pesticide impact and conservation efforts for the peregrine (Falco peregrinus) in Sweden, with some comparative data from Norway and Finland. Pages 343-351 in I. Newton and R.D. Chancellor, eds. Conservation studies on raptors. Proc. Second World Conf. Birds of Prey. Thessaloniki, Greece. April 1982. ICBP Tech. Publ. No. 5.

ABSTRACT: The Fennoscandian peregrine population probably reached its lowest level at the beginning of the 1970s with a 95-97 percent reduction of its pre-war population size. Decreased reproduction (egg-shell thinning) and increased mortality due to pesticide contamination, both on breeding and wintering grounds, were the main reasons behind the decline. The known peregrine population in Sweden during the 1970s was about 10 pairs. During the late 1970s peregrine populations in Norway and Finland increased, possibly as a result of the restrictions in the use of DDT, PCB, and alkyl-mercury in several Northwest European countries. The average levels of DDE ranged between 123 and 360 ppm lipid weight in samples of unhatched eggs from different peregrine populations in Fennoscandia. Comparatively high PCB-levels were noted, with a range between 451 and 919 ppm lipid weight. DDE was mainly involved in hatching failures for certain pairs. Conservation efforts are focused on nest-guarding, double-clutching, artificial incubation of thin-shelled eggs and captive breeding for reintroduction of falcons in southern Sweden. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae organochlorines.

LOCATION: 2667 BIR

215. Little, T.W. 1980. Wild Turkey restoration in "marginal" Iowa habitats. Pages 45-60 in J.M. Sweeney, ed. Proc. Fourth Natl. Wild Turkey Symp. Little Rock, AR. March 1980.

ABSTRACT: An aggressive restoration program has resulted in the release of 930 Eastern Wild Turkeys Meleagris gallopavo silvestris at 64 sites in Iowa since 1965. Only one release has failed, as evidenced by known reproduction at every site and growth and dispersal of turkey flocks. Iowa's remnant timber stands total 0.6 million ha. Individual forest stands in all regions are small and are generally linear, paralleling major drainage systems on lands too steep to clear. Private farm ownership constitutes 98% of the timber resource; most farm woodlots are grazed and are poorly stocked. Established and expanding turkey populations currently inhabit 247,700 ha of forest land while natural dispersal and further stocking will probably bring this total to 431,000 ha. Winter densities in established turkey populations range from 23 to 31 turkeys per km² of forest in the best habitats, and average a conservative 8-12 per km² where hunting pressure is greatest. The success of this release program indicates that qualitative and quantitative timber requirements for the eastern subspecies are not as stringent as previously believed. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1960's 1970's.

LOCATION: 2660 BIR

216. Little, T.W., and K.L. Varland. 1981. Reproduction and dispersal of transplanted Wild Turkeys in Iowa. J. Wildl. Manage. 45:419-427.

ABSTRACT: Sixteen wild-trapped Eastern Wild Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris) were fitted with radio transmitters and transplanted in central Iowa to document dispersal and population growth at a release site uninhabited by turkey. Turkeys were relatively sedentary during their first year remaining within a 33-km² area. Dispersal was by first-year progeny before the second breeding season. Mean maximum straight-line movements from the release site were 3.6 (gobblers) and 1.9 km (hens) during the first year, and 3.0 and 4.9 km during the second and third years (all birds), respectively. First-year nesting data were similar to values reported for established populations. First-year cumulative poult mortality reached 74% by the fourth week post-hatch. All five toms and four of nine hens whose radios were functional survived for an entire year. Populations remained stable the first year and then increased at least 150 and 88% in the second and third year. (AA) Copyright 1981 by The Wildlife Society.

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1970's capture telemetry transplant.

LOCATION: 2467 BIR

217. Little, T.W., and R. Sheets. 1982. Transplanting Iowa Ruffed Grouse. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 89(4):172-175.

ABSTRACT: Restoration of Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus medianus) to southeast Iowa met with limited success. Grouse populations were maintained at low densities 8 years after release, as evidenced by the numbers of drumming males inhabiting Shimek State Forest. Lack of suitable habitat, created by advanced secondary forest succession to state-owned lands, appeared to be the major limiting factor. Techniques for trapping and holding grouse, and the effects of confinement on grouse condition are described. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1970's.

LOCATION: 3052 BIR

218. Lourie-Fraser, G. 1983. Captive breeding of the Lord Howe Island Woodhen - an endangered rail. A.F.A. Watchbird 10:30-44. ABSTRACT: The first 12 months of the captive breeding programme have been very successful. Eight birds (three female and five male) had been removed from the wild and seven released back (four captive-bred). The potential breeding of the captive colony has been now increased to five pairs, and three spare females. First year females have bred in the wild. There are no observations of a year old male woodhen paired in the wild; however, successful pairing of a first year male with a mature female was achieved in captivity. Three pair of hand-raised woodhen are expected to breed in 1981/82 season, producing the F1 generation. (AC)

KEY WORDS: Rallidae Tricholimnas sylvestris Australia 1980's capture.

LOCATION: 3042 BIR

219. Love, J.A. 1977. The reintroduction of the Sea Eagle to the Isle of Rhum. Hawk Trust Annu. Rep. 1977:16-18.

ABSTRACT: Thirteen first-year Sea Eagles have been released on Rhum to date (8 females and 5 males), of which 2 (both females) have been recovered dead. However reports from surrounding areas would indicate that at least 6 survived. One of these, a female, is now in her third year and for a time was seen frequenting a former Sea Eagle haunt where a 2-year-old male still hunts regularly. The question remains however whether man will allow the eagles sufficient freedom from disturbance if and when they attempt to breed. (AS)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus albicilla White-tailed Sea Eagle Scotland 1970's.

LOCATION: 3248 BIR

220. Love, J.A. 1980. Reintroducing Sea Eagles on Rhum. Hawk Trust Annu. Rep. 10:32-33.

ABSTRACT: The attempted reintroduction of the White-tailed Sea Eagle (Haliaeetus albicilla) to Scotland began in 1975. Between 1975-79, 29 young birds from Norwegian eyries were released on the island of Rhum. In 1976, the Nature Conservancy Council initiated a captive breeding project with 2 pairs retained on tethers; one male escaped in spring 1977. This male reappeared at the tethered site in September 1978. Released eagles formed a group with this escaped male as its nucleus. Tethered birds served as decoys, attracting wild eagles to the food dump. The breeding program ended in 1979 with the release of the remaining 3 tethered eagles (3-4 years old). (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's.

LOCATION: 3247 BIR

221. Love, J.A. 1980. White-tailed Eagle reintroduction on the Isle of Rhum. Scot. Birds 11(3):65-72.

ABSTRACT: Between 1975 and 1980, a total of 29 Sea Eagles (13 males, 16 females) were obtained from nests in Norway and released on the Island of Rhum via hacking and tethering techniques. Only three (one male, two females) were recovered dead within two months after their release. Fifteen of the 29 eagles were positively identified in the release area four or more months after their release. Released birds were seen preying on seabirds, corvids, fish, deer calves, and carrion. The young Sea Eagles were often seen interacting with each other and frequently attempted to talon-grapple even on their maiden flight. Sea Eagles do not normally breed until the age of five, but encouraging signs of future breeding (i.e. carrying nesting materials) were noted in four-year-old birds in 1979 and 1980. Eight chicks that arrived on the island in 1980 were scheduled for release, and importations are planned to continue for an as yet undetermined number of years. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus albicilla 1970's 1980's behavior dispersal techniques Scotland

LOCATION: 3155 BIR

222. Love, J.A. 1983. First nesting attempts by reintroduced Sea Eagles. Annu. Rep. Hawk Trust 13:21.

ABSTRACT: The current program to reintroduce White-tailed Sea Eagles began in 1975. With the release of 10 eagles in 1983, 62 Norwegian birds have been released in Britain. Only 7 deaths have been reported. Resightings are concentrated within 50 miles of the release point on the Isle of Rhum. Some birds from the earliest releases have established territories and nested. In 1983, 3 nests were discovered (2 with eggs). No clutches hatched. Prospects for the 1984 nesting season are encouraging. Young eagles from Norway will be imported for > 2 more years. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus albicilla White-tailed Sea Eagle Scotland 1980's.

LOCATION: 3214 BIR

223. Love, J.A. 1983. The return of the sea eagle. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, London. 227pp.

ABSTRACT: The White-tailed Sea Eagle (Haliaeetus albicilla) became extinct around 1916 in Britain. Since 1975, 52 sea eaglets from the Norway coast have been hacked on the Isle of Rum in the Inner Hebrides of Scotland. Survival of released birds is believed to exceed 50%. This book discusses classification, distribution, breeding biology, and food habits of sea eagles. Persecution, conservation, reintroduction, release, and recolonization are also discussed. The Isle of Rum reintroduction is described in detail. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae United Kingdom 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 3013 BIR

224. Love, J.A. 1983. Birds of the Inner Hebrides. Appendix 3. The White-tailed Sea Eagle in the Inner Hebrides. Proc. R. Soc. Edinb. 83:471-472.

ABSTRACT: Since 1975, 42 White-tailed Sea Eagles (Haliaeetus albicilla) have been released in the Inner Hebrides of Scotland in an effort to reintroduce the species to Britain. Most of the birds have survived and dispersed. Several of the mature birds have paired on permanent territory and have been observed making breeding attempts. (JCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's 1980's transport reproduction.

LOCATION: 2422 BIR

225. Love, J.A. 1988. The reintroduction of the White-tailed Sea Eagle to Scotland: 1975-1987. Pages 113-125 in D.K. Garcelon and G.W. Roemer, eds. Proc. Int. Symp. Raptor Reintroduction, 1985. Inst. Wildl. Stud., Arcata, CA.

ABSTRACT: The White-tailed Sea Eagle was exterminated in Britain by 1916. It has not been able to recolonize naturally, and two brief attempts at reintroduction in the 1960s were unsuccessful. This current project was initiated in 1975 by the Nature Conservancy Council, a government conservation body. In subsequent years considerable surveillance has been provided by the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds. Each year from four to 10 eaglets, nearly fledged, have been imported from Norway to the Isle of Rhum, a nature reserve 15 miles off Scotland's west coast. By the end of 1985, eighty-two birds had been released. Only seven are known to have died in the wild, and about 70-80% are still accountable within a 50-mile radius of Rhum. The first nesting attempts were made in 1981, and eggs were laid in 1983 and 1984. The most experienced pair successfully fledged a chick in 1985. Additional pairs are becoming established, and about half of the imported eagles have yet to mature. Although no further importations are planned, the Irish Wildbird Conservancy hopes to begin a similar project in southwest Ireland. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus albicilla 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2818 BIR

226. Love, J.A., and M.E. Ball. 1979. White-tailed Sea Eagle Haliaeetus albicilla reintroduction to the Isle of Rhum, Scotland, 1975-1977. Biol. Conserv. 16:23-30.

ABSTRACT: An attempt to reintroduce the White-tailed Sea Eagle to the west of Scotland was initiated by the Nature Conservancy Council in 1975 on the Isle of Rhum. Four eaglets were obtained from Norway that year. One died in captivity and the other three (all females) were released. Ten more were acquired in 1976 and four in 1977. Of these, 13 (eight .female. and five .male.) had been released into the wild by May 1977. Two have since been recovered dead, but the others apparently adapted readily to a free-living existence. Eight more are to be released during 1978. The first nesting attempts can be expected once the young birds reach sexual maturity at 5 years of age (possibly in 1980 or 1981). (AA) Reprinted with permission from Elsevier Science Publishers, Ltd.

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's transport.

LOCATION: 2643 BIR

227. Lowe, R.L., R.L. Altman, and R.M. Hatcher. 1981. Behavioral patterns of Bald Eagles utilized in an experimental hacking project. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 35:107-119.

ABSTRACT: A Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) hacking program was initiated at the Tennessee Valley Authority's (TVA) Land Between the Lakes during the summer of 1980. This program was a cooperative effort between TVA and the Tennessee Wildlife Resources Agency to reintroduce the Bald Eagle as a breeding species in Tennessee. Two eaglets, obtained from wild nests in Wisconsin, were placed in a manmade nest atop a 12.7 m (40-foot) tower on June 28. They were fed and monitored from a nearby observation tower until released on August 10. Observations of the behavior patterns of the eaglets were made. These included documentation of feeding activity, inter- and intraspecific interactions, exercising, and other behavior patterns. Each bird was fitted with two transmitters for monitoring post-release movements. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1980's telemetry.

LOCATION: 3232 BIR

228. Lumsden, H.G. 1988. The Trumpeter Swan Restoration Program in Ontario. 1987 Progress Report. Pages 48-49 in Proceedings and Papers of the Eleventh Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN.

ABSTRACT: In an effort to restore Trumpeter Swans to Cranberry Marsh, Ontario, eggs were placed into Mute Swan nests. In 1986, five Trumpeter Swans fostered in this way reached the flight stage. One of these birds presumably died shortly thereafter, but the remaining birds migrated out of and back into their release area. In 1987, only 2 of 11 similarly hatched cygnets reached the flight stage. Restoration of trumpeters through fostering with Mute Swans has progressed slowly due to a shortage of eggs. Therefore, a technique of sequential egg removal was employed with captive trumpeters, which provided seven eggs for hatching under captive trumpeter pairs and 31 eggs for the Mute Swan fostering program. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator Cygnus olor 1980's methodology Canada

LOCATION: 4012 BIR

229. Lumsden, H.G. 1989. Ontario Trumpeter Swan restoration program -- progress report 1989. Page 105 in J.V. Englund, ed. Proceedings and Papers of the Twelfth Trumpeter Swan Society conference. Restoring the swan to the upper midwest. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN.

ABSTRACT: From 1983 to 1989, 71 fertile Trumpeter Swan eggs were placed in Mute Swan nests for foster raising in the Ontario Trumpeter Swan Restoration Program. Although 47 of these eggs (66%) hatched, only 11 (23%) survived to the flight stage, perhaps due to snapping turtle predation. The year 1989 was a disappointing one for this program, as four captive birds and three members of the wild flock died, and the only captive-produced eggs proved to be infertile. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Canada 1980's mortality Cygnus buccinator

LOCATION: 4009 BIR

230. Lumsden, H.G., D. McLachlin, and P. Nash. 1986. Restoration of Trumpeter Swans in Ontario. Proceedings and Papers of the Tenth Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN.

ABSTRACT: In an effort to reestablish the Trumpeter Swan as a breeding bird in Ontario, several techniques were experimented with. Trumpeters raised in incubators and brooders turned out to be exceptionally aggressive toward humans and would probably not be suitable subjects for release. Release of captive trumpeters may provide the best quality birds for restoration, but shortage of adult stock currently precludes this approach in Ontario. The effectiveness of transplanting adult wild trumpeters has not been tested, but problems may arise as birds try to return to their original home. Fostering under feral Mute Swans appears to raise high quality birds, but questions exist as to whether appropriate sexual imprinting will take place in situations like these. Breeder-loan arrangements and egg collection from wild trumpeters may provide an adequate supply of eggs. To reach a target of 15 wild-breeding pairs for a self-sustaining population, the authors calculate that 12 years of effort and 600 eggs might be needed. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator methodology

LOCATION: 4011 BIR

231. Mallette, R.D. 1978. Peregrine Falcon recovery effort on the Pacific Coast. Pages 13-17 in P.P. Schaeffer and S.M. Ehlers, eds. The current status of Peregrine Falcon populations in North America. Proc. Natl. Audubon Soc. Symp. Oakland, CA. October 1977. Calif. Natl. Audubon Soc.

ABSTRACT: A study with Prairie Falcons (Falco mexicanus) was conducted in the Coast Range of California to develop and refine raptor management techniques and determine their applicability to Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus). Of the 62 Prairie Falcon eyries investigated, 19 were manipulated and 43 were used as controls. Double clutching techniques were tested at six sites, augmentation of egg clutches at two sites, augmentation of broods of young at five sites, and fostering of young at two sites. In all, 57 eggs were manipulated, and 13 additional young were produced. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1970's.

LOCATION: 2823 BIR

232. Marquiss, M. 1981. The Goshawk in Britain - its provenance and current status. Pages 43-57 in R.E. Kenward and I.M. Lindsay, eds. Understanding the Goshawk. Int. Assoc. Falconry and Conserv. Birds of Prey, Chateau de Fleury, France.

ABSTRACT: As a result of deforestation and persecution, the Goshawk was more or less exterminated in Britain by the late nineteenth century with only sporadic breeding thereafter. From the mid nineteen sixties breeding became regular. The species proliferated in the seventies and by 1980 there were records of about 60 pairs in 13 different parts of Britain including 39 active nests. The Goshawks are apparently not derived from continental immigrants but rather from imported birds which have escaped from hawk keepers or been deliberately released. Apart from the direct evidence of free-living breeders carrying leather anklets, jesses or bells, there is considerably circumstantial evidence. Both the geographical distribution and the timing of first breeding records are more consistent with the distribution of falconry activities and known releases than with natural colonisation. Moreover, the majority of Goshawks breeding in Britain are larger than the continental birds which one would expect to colonise Britain naturally by immigration. Goshawks do not have stringent habitat requirements and the main factor currently limiting their population expansion in Britain is recruitment. The rapid population increase in the mid seventies may have been effected more by the numbers of Goshawks imported than by intrinsic production. Production has been depressed by the large number of nests failing due to persecution and robbing. There are insufficient data to estimate Goshawk mortality in Britain but, bearing in mind the small population, it is undoubtedly affected by the killing of many full grown birds. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Accipiter gentilis 1970's falconry unintentional escape deliberate release.

LOCATION: 150 BIR

233. Masters, R.E., and R.E. Thackston. 1985. Restoration and status of the Eastern Wild Turkey in Oklahoma. Pages 317-326 in Fifth Natl. Wild Turkey Symp. Des Moines, IA, NTWF. Edgefield, SC. June 1985.

ABSTRACT: The Eastern Wild Turkey (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris), occurred throughout most of Oklahoma prior to settlement. With increasing settlement in the late 1800s and early 1900s, eastern turkey populations declined. By 1912, only the eastern part of the state contained viable populations. The Eastern Wild Turkey was extirpated from the western two-thirds of the state by 1925 and was eliminated from the northeast region of the state by 1933. Only remnant flocks were located in isolated portions of the Ouachita Mountains in Latimer and McCurtain counties. In 1934 and continuing through 1963, over 5,000 pen-reared turkeys were released in an unsuccessful effort to reestablish Wild Turkey populations. Since 1971, 848 live-trapped Eastern Wild Turkeys have been used in restoration attempts in 18 counties. These releases have been successful in restoring the Wild Turkey to 9,802 km² of its former range with huntable populations in 14 counties. Approximately 6,400 birds have been taken in spring and fall seasons since 1975. Restoration efforts have been concentrated in the eastern deciduous biome which occurs in the eastern third of the state. Extensive habitat change is the primary factor limiting expansion and growth of Eastern Wild Turkey populations in Oklahoma. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2581 BIR

234. Matteson, S.W. 1989. Wisconsin's Trumpeter Swan recovery program. Pages 106-107 in J.V. Englund, ed. Proceedings and Papers of the Twelfth Trumpeter Swan Society conference. Restoring the Trumpeter Swan to the upper midwest. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN.

ABSTRACT: The Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources began implementing its Trumpeter Swan Recovery Plan in 1987, with a goal of establishing at least 20 breeding and migratory pairs of Trumpeter Swans in Wisconsin by the year 2000. The recovery plan includes: 1) cross-fostering, 2) captive parent-rearing of cygnets, and 3) isolation-rearing of Alaskan cygnets. Cross-fostering was discontinued in 1989, as two years of efforts in this area only produced two fledglings out of 35 eggs. Three young captive pairs are expected to breed and produce young in 1990 or 1991. These young would be held in captivity until age 23 months, then paired with unrelated birds and eventually released. Currently, efforts are focused on releasing 23 month old subadults that originate as eggs from aviculturists or wild Alaskan parents. Out of 56 Alaskan eggs collected in 1989, 54 successfully hatched. In April 1989, the first six captive-reared subadults were also released and three were known to have survived. A total of 18 subadults were planned to be released in the spring of 1990. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1980's incubation methodology Cygnus buccinator

LOCATION: 4009 BIR

235. Matthews, G.V.T. 1982. Population restoration of endangered waterfowl through captive breeding. Pages 279-282 in D.A. Scott, ed. Managing wetlands and their birds - a manual of wetland and waterfowl management. Int. Waterfowl Res. Bur., Slimbridge, Glos., England.

ABSTRACT: Waterfowl make excellent subjects for captive propagation programs because most survive in captivity well and aviculturists have refined techniques to increase success in breeding, incubating, and rearing many species. Long term propagation may be best ensured by developing a number of facilities, each with sizable breeding stocks (i.e. 20 pairs) that are located as close to the release site as possible and have as "natural" conditions as possible. Captive-reared birds should be released gradually into the wild, and the known causes of the previous decline should have been removed prior to release. In addition, if a migratory species is to be reestablished as a full migrant, experienced adults must be available to teach the captive-reared birds where to go. The efforts to reintroduce the Hawaiian Goose and the Aleutian Canada Goose are also briefly mentioned in this paper. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae philosophy methodology behavior

LOCATION: 2630 BIR

236. Matthews, G.V.T. 1973. Some problems facing captive breeding and restoration programmes for waterfowl. Int. Zoo Yearb. 13:8-11.

ABSTRACT: Problems of captive-breeding and restoration programs for waterfowl are reviewed. Continued maintenance in captivity, release into new areas, and reintroduction into restored habitat are discussed as options to endangered or extirpated waterfowl populations. Waterfowl adjust readily to captivity; however, it is important that propagation be under as natural conditions as possible and as close to the original habitat site as possible. Detailed studbook records should be kept. Captive reared stock should not be direct released into the wild but rather, wing-clipped and pinioned. The importance of follow-up studies to evaluate success is emphasized. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae captive-rearing release.

LOCATION: 2688 BIR

237. McCarthy, C., L. Aulman, and T. Russi. 1986. Peregrine Falcon reintroduction efforts in the eastern Sierra Nevada. Trans. West. Sect. Wildl. Soc. 22:1-6.

ABSTRACT: Recovery direction for the American Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus anatum) in the Mono Basin and Owens Valley was guided through a local interagency recovery plan. This plan was based on the Pacific Coast American Peregrine Falcon Recovery Plan (USFWS 1982). After evaluating recovery criteria, various reintroduction methods were considered. Reintroduction efforts were initiated in 1983, using hacking as the preferred method. Nine Peregrine Falcons were released in 1983 and 1984. Eight of these reached independence. A third hacking in 1985 failed. Numerous local sightings of Peregrine Falcons have been documented following hacking efforts. Recommendations for continued reintroduction efforts and monitoring habitats for nesting activity are discussed. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae California 1980's.

LOCATION: 2825 BIR

238. McDonnell, J., and H. Levesque. 1988. Peregrine Falcon release project in Ottawa, summer 1987. Trail Landscape 22(3): 131-136.

ABSTRACT: The "mass" release of Peregrine Falcons in Ottawa in summer 1987 was coordinated jointly by the Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources and the Canadian Wildlife Service. Mass releases, in which large numbers of birds are released at one site, are favored in Canada over releasing smaller numbers of birds at several release sites. Mass releases maximize the chances of two birds surviving to return and breed at the release area. This was the first release of peregrines in Ottawa. Four juvenile peregrines (3 females, 1 male) were hacked in one release on 22 July from the National Museum of Natural Sciences. A second release site, on land owned and operated by Agriculture Canada, was used to hack 11 juvenile peregrines in 2 releases: 1) release 1 consisted of 4 males and 2 females on 19 July, and 2) release 2 consisted of 3 males and 2 females on 4 August. Between release and fall migration, 7 deaths occurred due to collisions, acute disease, and electrocution. This loss rate is not unusual compared to 75% mortality observed for wild peregrines during the first year of life. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus anatum 1980's.

LOCATION: 3071 BIR

239. McKee, G., S.K. Sherrod, and M.A. Jenkins. 1985. Restoring breeding populations of the southern Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus leucocephalus) - 1st year progress report. Pages 12-13 in Raptor Res. Found. Symp. Manage. Birds of Prey. Int. Meet. Session 10. Second Raptor Res. Found. Conf. Raptor Conserv. Techniques.

ABSTRACT: To test the feasibility of recycling wild pairs as a method of producing eagles for restoration projects and as a first step in restoring breeding populations of the southern Bald Eagle, whole clutches were taken from nine tests in the Gainesville-Ocala, Florida area late in 1984. All pairs of donor eagles relaid and fledged young at a rate equal to controls. Specialized equipment and methods were developed for protecting and handling developing eggs which were transported to Oklahoma. Seventeen of 18 eggs were hatched after incubation by bantam hens and modified commercial incubators. Techniques to prevent imprinting and siblicide in totally hand-reared eagles were developed. Four chicks died, probably from a vitamin B₁ deficiency caused by a diet of mostly fresh-frozen fish. This may be an unrecognized problem with the long-term nutrition and captive care of this and other fish-eating species. The remaining eagles were hacked in Oklahoma, Georgia, and Alabama. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Accipitridae 1980's.

LOCATION: 3088 BIR

240. McKelvey, R. 1984. Guidelines for Trumpeter Swan restoration in Canada. Pages 111-112 in Proceedings and Papers of the Ninth Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN.

ABSTRACT: This paper lists twelve guidelines for Trumpeter Swan restoration efforts in Canada.

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator policy

LOCATION: 4010 BIR

241. McMahon, G.L., and R.N. Johnson. 1980. Introduction of the Wild Turkey into the Carlos Avery Wildlife Management Area. Pages 32-44 in J.M. Sweeney, ed. Proc. Fourth Natl. Wild Turkey Symp. Little Rock, AR. March 1980.

ABSTRACT: During the winter of 1978-79, 19 Wild Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo) were rocket-netted in the Whitewater Wildlife Management Area in southeastern Minnesota, equipped with radio-transmitters, and released into the Carlos Avery Wildlife Management Area in east-central Minnesota. The release area is approximately 160 km north of the northern limit of the historical range of the Wild Turkey in Minnesota. Fifty-three percent of the Wild Turkeys released were lost to predation or starvation. Newly released Wild Turkeys traveled an average of 2.4 km from their release sites before settling into a wintering area, and it was during this movement that predation generally occurred. Snow depth at the time of movement from the release site appeared important in determining whether or not predation occurred. Home ranges averaged 750.2 ha for the winter months and increased to an average of 1,520.8 ha for the spring months. During spring, both males and females made numerous long trips into surrounding residential and agricultural areas but always returned to the Wildlife Management Area. Spring dispersal distances averaged 2.77 km for females and 2.05 km for males. Summer movements were minimal and home ranges averaged only 174.8 ha. Reproductive success was limited. Although five out of six hens attempted to nest, only one hen was successful in hatching eggs. Egg predation was the major cause of nesting failure. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1970's mortality reproduction.

LOCATION: 2661 BIR

242. McMillen, J.L. 1988. Conservation of North American cranes. Am. Birds 42:1212-1221.

ABSTRACT: A captive propagation and release program to avert extinction of wild crane populations was begun by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service in 1961. The objectives of this program were to 1) develop propagation and husbandry techniques using non-endangered Sandhill Cranes as surrogates, 2) produce endangered cranes for release, and 3) foster basic research on cranes. Captive flocks were established at Patuxent Wildlife Research Center in 1966 for Mississippi Sandhill Cranes (Grus canadensis pulla) and 1967 for Whooping Cranes (G. americana). Hatching success increased and chicks were more properly socialized when techniques were switched from using artificial incubators and hand-raising to the use of foster parents. In 1988, emphasis on propagating Whooping Cranes changed from maximizing production to producing birds with improved likelihood of survival and reproductive success in the wild. Disease reduced productivity of Whooping Cranes at Patuxent. There were two attempts to reintroduce endangered North American cranes into the wild. Gentle releases of Mississippi Sandhill Cranes have occurred at Mississippi Sandhill Crane National Wildlife Refuge since 1981. Of the 53 cranes released, 23 still survive; Patuxent-reared birds comprise approximately one-half of the wild flock. The wild population continues to have a low recruitment of juveniles. Beginning in 1975, Whooping Crane eggs have been cross-fostered into Greater Sandhill Crane (G. c. tabida) nests at Grays Lake National Wildlife Refuge, Idaho. A total of 289 eggs from cranes at Wood Buffalo National Park, Northwest Territories, Canada and Patuxent have been placed singly in nests of Sandhill Crane pairs, after their own eggs have been removed. The foster flock is still small due to high mortality during the pre-fledging period and migration and from avian tuberculosis. Additionally, the low proportion of females of breeding age has limited breeding opportunities. The Grays Lake project will be evaluated in 1989. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae 1960's 1980's

LOCATION: 2605 BIR

243. McMillen, J.L. 1988. Productivity and movements of the Greater Sandhill Crane population at Seney National Wildlife Refuge: potential for an introduction of Whooping Cranes. Ph.D. Diss. Ohio State Univ., Columbus. 258 pp.

ABSTRACT: During 1985-87, the productivity, home range and migration patterns of Greater Sandhill Cranes that breed on the Seney National Wildlife Refuge in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan were studied to evaluate the area's suitability for a Whooping Crane reintroduction. Minimum breeding density was 1 pair/278 ha. Mean clutch size was 1.9; estimated hatching success was 61.0%. Predation (58%) and infertility (28%) were the major causes of egg loss. Mean pair productivity was 1.4 chicks, and peak hatching occurred 21-24 May. Mean autumn brood size was 1.1, and mean autumn recruitment was 10.1. Pre-fledging home range size varied from 36 to 388 ha ( = 158 + 41.7). Mean percent area occupied within home range cores by the Palustrine Emergent wetland habitat was significantly greater (P < 0.05) than the percent area occupied by that habitat on the remainder of the study area. The opposite was true for the Palustrine Forested, Lacustrine Limnetic, Riverine Lower Perennial, and upland habitats. Management recommendations included controlled burning of woody Palustrine habitats and drawing down pools adjacent to nesting marshes. Cranes migrated through central Wisconsin en route to Jasper-Pulaski State Fish and Wildlife Area, Indiana, where they remained from 1 to 70 days. Additional stopover sites were identified in Indiana, Tennessee, Georgia, and Florida. Marked cranes wintered at 36 sites from Okefenokee NWR, Georgia, to north of Lake Okeechobee, Florida, and 85% were faithful to their winter territories in subsequent years. Seney NWR appears to be a suitable site for a migratory reintroduction: it is probably within the Whooping Crane's original breeding range; no major contaminants or significant crane diseases have been identified; the aerial line environment is relatively safe; reproductive data indicate the population is stable; an abundance of protected land exists on the breeding grounds; there appears to be habitat of sufficient quality to support both species; nesting chronology is compatible with wild and captive Whooping Crane flocks; and hunting conflicts should not be a major problem. In contrast, eastern equine encephalitis remains a serious concern at any eastern reintroduction site, and a satisfactory gentle release technique for migratory cranes has not yet been developed. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae Grus canadensis tabida Grus americana Michigan.

LOCATION: BIR

244. McMillen, J.L., D.H. Ellis, and D.G. Smith. 1987. The role of captive propagation in the recovery of the Mississippi Sandhill Crane. Endangered Species Technical Bulletin. Vol.XII. No. 5-6:6-8.

ABSTRACT: A recovery program is underway to preserve the Mississippi Sandhill Crane in captivity and augment the wild population. This effort focuses on: 1) acquisition and management of habitat on the Mississippi Sandhill Crane National Wildlife Refuge, 2) development of a captive flock at the Patuxent Wildlife Research Center in Maryland for production of eggs and young, and 3) release of Patuxent-produced stock into the wild. Currently, the habitat management objective is to restore enough habitat for a population of 100 birds (30 breeding pairs and 40 nonbreeding birds). Since 1970, 178 known fertile crane eggs have been produced at Patuxent, all but three of which were a product of artificial insemination. Eighty-five (66%) of these eggs resulted in fledglings. Of the captive, parent-reared birds released into the wild since 1981, 19 (45%) still are surviving. Patuxent-reared birds currently comprise approximately 38% of the wild flock. In April 1987, a pair with one member of Patuxent origin was observed with a small chick. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae Grus canadensis pulla 1970's 1980's

LOCATION: 2576 BIR

245. McNease, L., T. Joanen, D. Richard, J. Shepard, and S.A. Nesbitt. 1984. The Brown Pelican restocking program in Louisiana. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 38:165-173.

ABSTRACT: The Eastern Brown Pelican (Pelecanus occidentalis carolinensis) ceased nesting in Louisiana in 1961 and the species completely disappeared by 1963. From 1968 to 1980, the Louisiana Department of Wildlife and Fisheries and Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission reintroduced 1,276 pelicans at three release sites in southeastern Louisiana. Two restored nesting populations were established, one at North Island in the Chandeleur Island chain and one at Queen Bess/Camp Island in Barataria Bay. The Queen Bess/Camp Island colony fledged 2,751 birds between 1971 and 1984. North Island production was 909 fledglings between 1979 and 1984. The restored North Island colony first nested successfully when the birds were 2 years old. Reintroduced birds at the Queen Bess/Camp Island site first nested successfully when 3 years of age. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Pelecanidae 1960's 1970's 1980's reintroduction survival.

LOCATION: 2738 BIR

246. Meng, H., and J. Kaufmann. 1975. Reintroducing Peregrine Falcons to the wild. J. North Am. Falconers' Assoc. 14:34-36.

ABSTRACT: The 2 general approaches used to reintroduce young peregrines to the wild are hacking and foster parent methods, which require synchronization to the breeding phase of the foster parents. The various methods used in foster parenting include: 1) placing captive-bred young peregrines in eyries of unproductive peregrine pairs (first accomplished June 1974 in Colorado); 2) adding captive-bred peregrine chicks to active Prairie Falcon eyries; 3) foster peregrine parents can be used to incubate, hatch, and raise captive-bred peregrine eggs (the thin-shelled wild eggs may then be incubated safely in a machine; and 4) peregrine eggs can be added to Prairie Falcon clutches in the wild. On 24 June 1974, 2 peregrines that were bred in captivity were released at a hacking site at New Paltz, N.Y. The peregrines seemed to adapt to the wild and had started to fend for themselves until they were illegally killed in September. In July 1975, 4 birds were hacked on an island at the Aberdeen Proving Ground in Maryland. Releases are being planned for Quabbin Reservoir in central Massachusetts and Shawangunk Mountains near New Paltz, N.Y. Former peregrine cliffs in Vermont and New Hampshire are being surveyed to locate feasible eyrie sites for possible releases in 1976. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus New York Maryland 1970's.

LOCATION: 3154 BIR

247. Merton, D.V. 1965. Transfer of saddlebacks from Hen Island to Middle Chicken Island, January, 1964. Notornis 12:213-222.

ABSTRACT: In the fourth attempt to establish a second island population of North Island Saddleback (Philesturnus carunculatus rufusater), 38 birds from Hen Island were captured and banded in January and February 1964. Twenty-three Saddlebacks (10 males, 10 females, and 3 juveniles of unknown sex) were translocated to Middle Chicken Island. Nine birds (6 males, 1 female, and 2 juveniles of unknown sex) were taken to the Mount Bruce Native Bird Reserve; only 4 birds (3 males, one juvenile female) survived transit and were released. In 1965, 22 Saddlebacks were located on Middle Chicken Island; 7 were juveniles bred on the island. In October 1965, 2 young were fledged from the Saddlebacks released on Mount Bruce Native Bird Reserve. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Callaeidae New Zealand 1960's capture.

LOCATION: 2593 BIR

248. Merton, D.V. 1975. The saddleback: its status and conservation. Pages 61-74 in R.D. Martin, ed. Breeding endangered species in captivity. Academic Press, London.

ABSTRACT: In 1925, 19 North Island Saddlebacks (Philesturnus carunculatus) were captured on Hen Island and translocated to Kapiti (11 birds) and Little Barrier (4 pairs) Islands in an attempt to establish Saddleback populations on additional islands. Neither release was successful. An attempt was made to translocate Saddlebacks from Hen Island to the Chicken Islands in 1949. This project was aborted after only 5 birds were captured. In 1950, 3 pairs of Saddlebacks were released on Big Chicken Island; however, no birds were sighted on the island after 1953. In 1964, the Wildlife Branch released 23 Saddlebacks on Middle Chicken Island, and 9 birds were taken to the Mount Bruce Native Bird Reserve to establish breeding stock. Five birds died in transit to the reserve. In the spring following release, birds released on Middle Chicken Island had survived and successfully bred. Since 1964, the Wildlife Service has successfully transferred North Island Saddlebacks to 4 other islands in the outer Hauraki Gulf. Methods for capture and transport of Saddlebacks are described. With South Island Saddleback populations threatened on Big South Cape, Solomon, and Pukaweka Islands from a rat (Rattus rattus) plague, 71 birds were translocated to nearby rat-free islands. Releases on Kaimohu and Stage Islands were successful, providing an additional source of Saddlebacks for translocations. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Callaeidae New Zealand 1920's 1940's 1950's 1960's.

LOCATION: 2567 BIR

249. Merton, D.V. 1987. The Black Robin - back from the brink of extinction. Pages 384-386 in D.W. Reed, ed. Spirit of Enterprise. The 1987 Rolex Awards.

ABSTRACT: The remnant population of Black Robins (Turdus infuscatus) on Little Mangere Islet declined from 18 birds in 1973 to 7 (5 males, 2 females) in 1976. Because the vegetation was rapidly degenerating, these birds were translocated to Mangere Island in 1976, where a revegetation program provided additional habitat for the robins. Recovery was hampered by the robin's inherent low reproductive rate and the old age structure of this population. In 1980, a cross-fostering program was implemented to boost productivity. The robin population level should be of a sufficient size so cross-fostering can be stopped following the 1986-87 breeding season. Reestablishment of the species on a major island in the Chathams group will be attempted if funding is available. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Turdidae New Zealand 1970's.

LOCATION: 2606 BIR

250. Mikula, E.J., and V. Janson. 1982. Potential restoration of Trumpeter Swan in Michigan. Trumpeter Swan Soc. Conf. 8:9.

ABSTRACT: French Canadian voyageurs and trappers were the first Europeans to visit Michigan in the 1600 and 1700's, but the English cleared the deciduous forest of southern Michigan and established agriculture and other land-use practices in the 1800's. The Trumpeter Swan was extirpated from the state during the settlement period. If funding can be developed for a nongame program, plans have been made to reintroduce the Trumpeter Swan to Michigan. Public attitude toward swans developed by interaction with the state's 1500 feral Mute Swan population must be carefully considered. Loss of some trumpeters can be expected during introduction due to vandalism, lead poisoning, and accidental shooting. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Anatidae Cygnus buccinator.

LOCATION: 3201 BIR

251. Milburn, E.H. 1979. An evaluation of the hacking technique for establishing Bald Eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus). M.S. Thesis. Cornell Univ., Ithaca, NY. 184pp.

ABSTRACT: Bald eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) were experimentally hacked at Montezuma Wildlife Refuge, New York, in 1976 and 1977. Two eaglets removed from a Wisconsin nest were released in 1976. Three eaglets removed from Minnesota and Michigan nests and two birds raised at Patuxent Wildlife Research Center in Laurel, Maryland, were released in 1977. All seven eaglets survived to dispersal and exhibited behavior similar to wild eagles. Two of the seven birds released have returned to the refuge. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's behavior.

LOCATION: 2741 BIR

252. Milburn, T. 1977. Reintroduction of the Bald Eagle in New York state. NAHO. N.Y. State Mus. 10(2):16-19.

ABSTRACT: The N.Y. State Department of Environmental Conservation, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the N.Y. State College of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Cornell University, are cooperating in a joint project to reestablish the dwindling Bald Eagle population in New York. In June 1976, one male and one female eaglet were translocated from their nest in Wisconsin to a hacking tower at Montezuma Wildlife Refuge, N.Y. Both birds, fitted with yellow wing tags and tail-mounted radio transmitters, were successfully hacked and became self-sufficient in obtaining food. Both eagles left the refuge in mid-October. Additional releases are planned for the Montezuma Refuge to assure the survival of > 1 pair to breeding age. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus leucocephalus Wisconsin 1970's hacking.

LOCATION: 3066 BIR

253. Miller, B., and K.J. Mullette. 1985. Rehabilitation of an endangered Australian bird: the Lord Howe Island Woodhen Tricholimnas sylvestris (Sclater). Biol. Conserv. 34:55-95. ABSTRACT: Results of field research and a rehabilitation programme for the Lord Howe Island Woodhen Tricholimnas sylvestris are described. The population comprised at most 10 breeding pairs, in 13 territories, located in remote areas on the island's highest mountain. High adult mortality over the two seasons of study (1978-80) depleted adult female numbers below that necessary to occupy all the territories. Adult deaths exceeded recruitment of juveniles. Adult mortality was highest and chick production least at higher altitudes. Predation by feral pigs prevented woodhen from occupying surrounding areas. By May 1980 only three healthy adult pairs were known. These were transferred to a specially constructed captive breeding centre on the island. In three breeding seasons 66 woodhen have been reared in the centre, 57 of which have been released at selected sites on the island. Released birds have survived in the wild for up to 2 years, and raised 19 progeny. Between 1979 and 1981 186 pigs were destroyed, clearing them from one substantial area, and reducing the population elsewhere to one or two individuals. Imminent extinction of the woodhen now seems unlikely. (AA) Reprinted with permission from Elsevier Science Publishers, Ltd.

KEY WORDS: Rallidae 1970's 1980's transport release mortality.

LOCATION: 2601 BIR

254. Miller, S.A., W. Harmeyer, and R.L. Miller. 1983. Preliminary report on the effectiveness of pen-reared Wild Turkeys in establishing populations. Trans. Northeast Fish Wildl. Conf. 40:179.

ABSTRACT: In 1981, the Maryland Wildlife Administration initiated a cooperative investigation with the wildlife staff of U.S. Army Fort George C. Meade to determine if the use of pen-reared Eastern Wild Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo) is a viable option for re-establishing birds into unoccupied range in Maryland. An initial release of 65 pen-reared wild turkeys, acquired from the Pennsylvania Game Commission, was made at three release sites at Fort Meade, Maryland. The chronologic population status of the released birds was monitored using four techniques: 1) gobbler counts; 2) brood counts; 3) winter track counts; and 4) recording of casual observations. Populations monitoring efforts, recorded by 1982-83 winter track counts, indicate that the stocking of pen-reared Wild Turkeys has not resulted in establishing a viable population in this sector of unoccupied range. Other states in the Northeast, such as Pennsylvania, have used stocking of wild-trapped turkeys to successfully establish self-sustaining populations in areas with suitable but unoccupied turkey habitat. Thus, the most effective option for re-establishing wild turkey populations into extirpated range in Maryland appears to be a continuation of the trap and transplant operations of wild populations from presently-inhabited areas of the state to those unoccupied portions of the range. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Meleagrididae 1980's.

LOCATION: 2631 BIR

255. Mills, S. 1978. What's wrong with the Nene in Hawaii? Oryx 14:359-361.

ABSTRACT: The Nene Propagation Program began in 1949 in an effort to return the Nene (Branta sandvicensis) to the Hawaiian Islands. Since 1968, birds have been released on Hawaii and Maui. The Maui releases appear to have been the least successful of all the releases. A total of 242 birds were released between 1962 and 1969 at Paliku on Maui. Additional releases were necessary: 44 birds in 1972, 50 in 1973, 34 in 1976, and 48 in 1977. Breeding occurred in the wild in 1968 but has only been sporadic since then. Despite the release of over 400 birds, the Maui Nene population is only estimated at 150 birds. Predation and habitat destruction, both caused by introduced mammals, are major factors limiting Nene population growth. Further research on the Maui Nene population is to be conducted by the University of Oregon. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1960's 1970's.

LOCATION: 3046 BIR

256. Minish, B.R. 1987. The Greater Prairie Chicken in Manitoba. Pages 223-225 in G.L. Holroyd, W.B. McGillivray, P.H.R. Stepney, D.M. Ealey, G.C. Trottier, and K.E. Eberhart, eds. Proc. Workshop Endangered Species in the Prairie Provinces. Prov. Mus. Alta. Nat. Hist. Occas. Pap. No. 9.

ABSTRACT: The last confirmed sighting of Greater Prairie Chicken (Tympanuchus cupido pinnatus) in Manitoba occurred in the 1950's. In the 1970's, a reestablishment attempt with pen-reared chicks from North Dakota was made, but few birds survived to be released. Those that were released did not form a viable population. Similar attempts in Wisconsin have shown that pen-reared birds are more vulnerable to predation, and survival of transplanted wild birds is greater than survival of pen-reared birds. Wild-caught birds could be obtained for transplant to Manitoba; however, such measures are costly and labor intensive. The presence of Sharp-tailed Grouse (Tympanuchus phasianellus) in suitable prairie chicken habitat in Manitoba further hinders reestablishment efforts by the threats of competition and hybridization. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae Canada 1970's.

LOCATION: 2704 BIR

257. Mirande, C.M. 1986. Captive breeding and reintroduction program for the Eastern Sarus Crane (Grus antigone sharpii). Am. Assoc. Zool. Parks Aquariums Annu. Conf. Proc., pp.270-277. ABSTRACT: The Eastern Sarus Crane (Grus antigone sharpii) historically occurred throughout South East Asia but is currently extirpated from its former range. The International Crane Foundation (ICF), the government of Thailand, and several other conservation organizations have developed a program for the reintroduction of the crane. In 1984, six young (three male, three female) Eastern Sarus Cranes were sent to Thailand from ICF's breeding facilities in Wisconsin to begin a captive propagation program. Public education programs on cranes and wetlands are being developed and potential reintroduction methods considered. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae captive breeding.

LOCATION: 2834 BIR

258. Mirza, Z.B. 1980. Cheer Pheasant release programme in Pakistan. Proc. Int. Symp. Pheasant Asia 1 1979:72-75.

ABSTRACT: The Cheer Pheasant (Catreus wallichi) was extirpated from Pakistan in 1976 due to habitat degradation and overhunting. The last pheasant was sighted in the Margala Range, and the area has since been declared a National Park. Success of Cheer Pheasant captive breeding attempts for trial releases in Pakistan has been limited. Ten birds were released into the park in 1978 and 30 birds in 1979. There have been several sightings of birds from the 1979 release, and no mortality has been reported. The success of these trial releases will determine the future of the release program. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Phasianidae 1970's.

LOCATION: 2827 BIR

259. Mitchell, L.C., and P.J. Zwank. 1987. Spring habitat use by pen-reared Mississippi Sandhill Cranes on a national refuge. Pages 355-363 in J.C. Lewis, ed. Proc. 1985 Crane Workshop. Platte River Whooping Crane Maintenance Trust, Grand Island, NE. ABSTRACT: Diurnal habitat-use of pen-reared Mississippi Sandhill Cranes (Grus canadensis pulla) released into the wild was determined by monitoring movements of five radio-transmittered individuals. Seven habitat types were delineated: pine woodland, wooded drainage, hydric savanna, mesic savanna, pine plantation, agricultural land, and fallow land. A total of 176 telemetric locations was recorded from 3 March through 29 April 1982. Over 50% of locations were in hydric and mesic savanna. Thirty-two percent of locations were recorded from hydric savanna, whereas hydric savanna comprised only 4% of available habitat. Pine woodland was used the least. Only one crane survived more than 2 months after release. The remaining four cranes died in separate incidents occurring between 20-30 April. Because of the short duration of monitoring, more data are needed to adequately assess annual habitat-use of Mississippi Sandhill Cranes released into the wild. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae.

LOCATION: 2642 BIR

260. Mitchell, L.C., and P.J. Zwank. 1987. Comparison of release methods for parent reared Mississippi Sandhill Cranes. Pages 399-409 in G.W. Archibald and R.F. Pasquier, eds. Proc. 1983 Int. Crane Workshop. Bharatput, India. Int. Crane Foundation, Baraboo, WI.

ABSTRACT: A captive breeding program of Mississippi Sandhill Cranes (Grus canadensis pulla) is being conducted at Patuxent Wildlife Research Center (PWRC), Maryland, to make available parent reared cranes for release at the Mississippi Sandhill Crane National Wildlife Refuge (MSCNWR), Mississippi, to augment the endangered wild population. Birds to be released were preconditioned to a diet of corn and pelletized food at PWRC. After shipment to MSCNWR, the brailed cranes were held in an acclimation pen for habitat and native food conditioning. Cranes were transported to MSCNWR and released into the acclimation pen in January 1981 and January-February 1982. Prerelease conditioning of the cranes at PWRC differed between the releases. The nine cranes (eight juveniles and one subadult) released in 1981 were taken from parents and placed in a common pen approximately 5 months prior to shipment to MSCNWR. The 1982 released cranes (five juveniles) were allowed to remain with their parents until shipment. Conditioning and release procedures were similar for both years after the birds arrived at MSCNWR. All cranes were marked with color coded leg bands and radio transmitters before they were released into the wild. Additionally, the 1982 released cranes were marked with number coded neck collars. Brails were removed from both groups after 2-6 weeks of conditioning, after which cranes could leave the release pen. Maximum dispersal from the release site for any of the 1981 cranes was 14.3 km, occurring 20 months after the release. Dispersal in excess of 2.7 km was not observed until 10 months postrelease. Maximum dispersal for any of the 1982 cranes was 8.9 km, occurring 1 month after release. All of the 1981 cranes survived the first 6 months of release, and six survived through February 1983. Only one 1982 released crane survived more than 2 months after postrelease, three of the 1981 cranes have formed permanent associations with wild cranes, including two that have apparently formed pair bonds with wild birds. No permanent associations between wild and 1982 released cranes were observed. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae 1980's survival mortality.

LOCATION: 2645 BIR

261. Monnie, J.B. 1966. Reintroduction of the Trumpeter Swan to its former prairie breeding range. J. Wildl. Manage. 30:691-696. ABSTRACT: Trumpeter Swans (Olor buccinator) were transplanted from Red Rock Lakes National Wildlife Refuge in Montana to Lacreek National Wildlife Refuge in South Dakota beginning in 1960. Successful nesting occurred in 1963 and in subsequent years. The 3-month-old cygnets moved to Lacreek Refuge were wing clipped and held in captivity for a time before release. Observations strongly indicate that pair formation begins at least by the time the birds are 20 months of age. Initial nesting occurred at age 2 years 9 months. Predators, generally not a limiting factor to wild flocks, were a major source of loss of captive cygnets. (AA) Copyright 1966 by The Wildlife Society.

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1960's.

LOCATION: 2454 BIR

262. Morris, R.B. 1977. Black Robin transfers. Wildl. Rev. N.Z. Wildl. Serv. 8:44-48.

ABSTRACT: Little Mangere Island of the Chatham archipelago is the last refugium for the Black Robin (Turdus infuscatus). The population declined from 17 to 7 birds in only 3 years. Due to deteriorating habitat on Little Mangere Island, the remaining seven robins were transferred to a regenerating forest patch on nearby Mangere Island. Five of the seven robins were successfully moved in 1976. After translocation, pair bonds were broken and new ones were formed. All birds adjusted to the new habitat, and one pair successfully reared a female. One male disappeared. In 1977, the two other males were transferred to Mangere Island. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Turdidae New Zealand 1970's.

LOCATION: 2928 BIR

263. Morton, E.S. 1977. Reintroducing recently extirpated birds into a tropical forest preserve. Pages 379-384 in S.A. Temple, ed. Endangered birds: management techniques for preserving threatened species. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: Seven Song Wrens and seven White-breasted Wood Wrens were reintroduced onto Barro Colorado Island between 23 June and 12 July 1976. Two return trips were made to the reintroduction site 22 and 44 weeks after the release. Only two out of the seven introduced Wood Wrens were relocated. They had survived for almost a full year and were sedentary in second growth or heavy treefall areas in mature forest. The Song Wrens fared better, as two released pairs had broken up and remated with new individuals, reproducing successfully within five months after release. Only one released Song Wren was unaccounted for, and the total population was nine birds due to the disappearance of one young. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Troglodytidae 1970's habitat reproduction Cyphorhinus phaeocephalus Henicorhina leucosticta

LOCATION: 2603 BIR

264. Morton, E.S. 1985. The realities of reintroducing species to the wild. Pages 147-158 in R.J. Hoage, ed. Animal extinctions: what everyone should know. Smithsonian Instit. Press, Washington, D.C.

ABSTRACT: An experiment was conducted to determine the direct causes of extirpation for two species of tropical forest birds as well as the feasibility of reintroducing species to forest preserves in the tropics. Seven Song Wrens and seven White-breasted Wood Wrens were released onto Barro Colorado Island in 1976. By 1980, all but one of these individuals had presumably died. Because the White-breasted Wood Wrens had settled in little patches of second growth forest left on the island's shoreline and in large tree falls, the author concluded that the earlier loss of this species was most likely due to loss of habitat as the island's forests matured. Song Wrens, however, disappeared because of a critical adaptation - a nest/dormitory that needed to be located adjacent to sluggish streams to minimize predation. When these structures were placed along the island's network of trails (which periodically flood and thus resemble streams), the wrens were exposed to excessive rates of predation. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Troglodytidae 1970's Panama island biogeographic theory mortality Cyphorhinus phaeocephalus Henicorhina leucosticta

LOCATION: 3132 BIR

265. Morton, E.S. 1987. Reintroduction as a method of studying bird behavior and ecology. Pages 165-172 in W.R. Jordan III, M.E. Gilpin, and J.D. Aber, eds. Restoration ecology: a synthetic approach to ecological research. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge.

ABSTRACT: On Barro Colorado Island, 42 species of birds were extirpated between 1960 and 1971 primarily due to maturing of the island's forests. At least 14 of these species have died out for "nonsuccessional" reasons, and thus provide excellent subjects for studying immediate causes of extirpation and the feasibility of reintroducing species to forest preserves in the tropics. In June 1976, the author attempted a reintroduction of seven Song Wrens and seven White-breasted Wood Wrens to Barro Colorado Island. All but one of these birds had apparently died by late 1980. While the author concluded the demise of the White-breasted Wood Wren was due to a loss of habitat as the island's forest matured, the demise of the Song Wren appeared to be due to "nonsuccessional" causes. A critical element in the Song Wren's life cycle was a permanent dormitory nest that mimics detritus and is only effective if placed next to a stream. The series of extensive trails on the island apparently resembled streams, and as Song Wrens constructed nests along trails, they were quite vulnerable to predation. Concerns regarding the maintenance of learned behaviors such as these in captive stock is also discussed. (KRR) KEY WORDS: Troglodytidae 1970's habitat Panama Cyphorhinus phaeocephalus Henicorhina leucosticta

LOCATION: 2627 BIR

266. Mossman, M.J. and S.W. Matteson. 1988. Trumpeter Swan status report for Wisconsin. Pages 53-55 in Proceedings and Papers of the Eleventh Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN.

ABSTRACT: In 1987, the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources initiated a program to restore the Trumpeter Swan as a breeding species in the state. The recovery goal is to have at least 20 breeding pairs of self-sustaining, migrating Trumpeter Swans by the year 2000 through a program involving cross-fostering with Mute Swans and the release of captive-reared subadults. In 1987, ten Alaskan eggs were incubated and hatched at the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources' Carlos Avery facility, but only two cygnets from this batch survived due to heavy mink predation. Twenty eggs from captive trumpeters were also obtained for cross-fostering with Mute Swans in southeastern Wisconsin. Four Mute Swan nests received five each of these eggs in June 1987. A total of 11 of these 20 eggs hatched, but no young survived beyond the age of four weeks due to snapping turtle and mink predation, trampling by an adult, and vandalism. In November 1987, a research program was initiated to evaluate the relative effectiveness of six different reintroduction strategies, all of which are outlined in this paper. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator 1980's methodology predation

LOCATION: 4012 BIR

267. Munro, W.T., R.C. Lincoln, and R.W. Ritcey. 1984. Reestablishing Burrowing Owls - experiences in British Columbia. Pages 165-170 in Proc. West. Assoc. Fish Wildl. Ag., Victoria.

ABSTRACT: The Burrowing Owl (Athene cunicularia) was nearly extirpated as a breeding species in British Columbia by the late 1970's. It was officially designated as an endangered species in the province in March, 1980. As part of a recovery plan, 17 Burrowing Owls in 1983 and 34 owls in 1984 were reintroduced to two sites. In 1983, a pair of owls with their nine unfledged young were brought in from Washington and released in the south Okanagan and seven 1-year-old captive-bred birds provided by the Owl Rehabilitation Research Foundation in Onatario were released near Douglas Lake. In 1984, five adult and 24 young unfledged owls were introduced from Washington and five 1-year-old birds were brought in from Ontario. Artificial burrows, temporary cages and food were provided at both sites. Methods, observations, results, and future plans are described. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Strigidae 1980's reintroduction captive breeding methodology transplant.

LOCATION: 2597 BIR

268. Nappee, C. 1982. Capercaillie and Black Grouse breeding in the Parc National des Cevennes and first release results. Pages 218-228 in T.W.I. Lovel, ed. Proc. Second Int. Symp. Grouse at Dalhousie Castle, Edinburgh, Scotland. March 1981. World Pheasant Assoc., Exning, Suffolk.

ABSTRACT: Capercaillie (Tetrao urogallus) disappeared from the Massif Central in the 1700's, probably due to extreme deforestation. Twelve birds were reintroduced to the Parc National des Cevennes in 1978. Two died upon release and one was lost to predation shortly after release. Survivors stayed within 7 km of the release point, and some were observed until summer 1980. In September and October 1980, 38 Capercaillie were released. Thirty observations of released birds were made prior to February 1981. Six birds are known to have been victims of predation. Black Grouse (Lyrurus tetrix) were also released in the area in an attempt to establish a local population. Since 1975, 150 grouse have been released, but there have been no observations of nestings or juvenile birds. Released grouse tend to travel great distances resulting in isolation and increased predation. The habitat of the area appears suitable for both Capercaillie and Black Grouse, however predators and dispersal of birds may be affecting the success of the introductions. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae France 1970's 1980's captive rearing.

LOCATION: 2684 BIR

269. Nelson, D.H. 1986. Reintroduction and wintering ecology of Bald Eagles in Massachusetts. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Massachusetts, Amherst. 98pp.

ABSTRACT: Eleven Bald Eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) were released by the hacking technique at Quabbin Reservoir, Massachusetts. Six returned to feed at the hacktower, two used an alternate feeding site, and three made early dispersals. Mean duration of time between release and first return to the tower for six eagles was 5.7 days. Five eagles were sighted at the reservoir nearly 1 year after release. Three were seen after nearly 2 years, and one after nearly 3 years. There were no known mortalities among 11 released eagles. Weekly counts showed wintering Bald Eagles arrived at Quabbin Reservoir in November and left in April. Peak numbers occurred in February, when 20-25 used the reservoir at one time. Freeze-up and temporal availability of food sources may affect eagle numbers at the reservoir. Eagles fed primarily on sunfish (Lepomis spp.), and utilized white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) carcasses when the reservoir became ice-covered. Eagles used large trees with open branches near the shoreline as diurnal perch trees, and large trees on the steep, east-facing slopes as night roost trees. Red oak (Quercus rubra) and white oak (Quercus alba) were the most commonly used tree species. Probable breeding grounds of eagles wintering at Quabbin are Maine and the eastern provinces of Canada. Eagles banded in New York and Maine were seen at Quabbin. Movement of eagles between wintering areas was observed. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae.

LOCATION: 2798 BIR

270. Nelson, M.W. 1969. Research needs in reestablishing local raptorial populations. Pages 403-407 in J.J. Hickey, ed. Peregrine Falcon populations - their biology and decline. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: A general plan for restoration of raptors (Peregrine Falcons, Prairie Falcons, and eagles) is presented. The use of television and film media to increase public understanding and appreciation of nature is discussed. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Falconidae Falco peregrinus Falco mexicanus hacking monitoring release.

LOCATION: 2668 BIR

271. Nelson, R.W. 1987. Where are the Alberta-released peregrines? Alta. Nat. 17:4-9.

ABSTRACT: There have been no known breeding pairs of Peregrines in southern and central Alberta, following the release of 163 peregrines, 1976-85. However, peregrines have survived from at least 4 of the Alberta release sites. Peregrine recovery in Alberta may be occurring, slowly and unobserved, in the eastern slopes of the Rocky Mountains. If peregrines select more energy-efficient nesting locations before selecting poorer nesting sites, it is likely that nesting locations in the Rockies and higher foothills will be filled before before poorer quality cliffs on the plains. Increased effort should be expended on searching for and documenting the success of these releases with the mountains and higher foothills as the most likely areas to locate nesting peregrines during early stages of population recovery. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's 1980's survival.

LOCATION: 3029 BIR

272. Nesbitt, S.A. 1988. Nesting, renesting, and manipulating nesting of Florida Sandhill Cranes. J. Wildl. Manage. 52:758-763.

ABSTRACT: Mean laying date of 53 Florida Sandhill Crane (Grus canadensis pratensis) nests during 1983-87 was 12 March. Mean clutch size for 99 nests was 1.72. Clutch size was not affected by laying date or clutch sequence. Seventy-eight percent of pairs that abandoned or had eggs removed from first or second nests renested; 38% of nests hatched successfully. Intervals between clutches were 18-20 days, irrespective of laying date or the number of days of incubation that preceded nest loss. Nest incubation during daylight hours was shared equally by males and females but was not uniformly distributed throughout the day. Removal of eggs was an effective method prolonging nesting; however, it would be impractical to use egg removal to synchronize laying dates as part of a large-scale cross-fostering effort. (AA) Copyright 1988 by The Wildlife Society.

KEY WORDS: Gruidae.

LOCATION: 3142 BIR

273. Nesbitt, S.A. 1979. Notes on suitability of captive-reared Sandhill Cranes for release into the wild. Crane Workshop 1978: 85-88.

ABSTRACT: Pen-reared Florida Sandhill Cranes (Grus canadensis pratensis) of four age groups and a 1-year-old bird raised in captivity by its natural parents were released into the wild in Florida and their post-release behavior studied. Cranes less than 1 year old generally proved to be unsuitable. Pen-reared birds of 1, 2, and 4 years of age, although imprinted to humans, were able to survive for extended periods in the wild and could interact appropriately with wild birds. But, they retained an affinity for humans and this affinity made these cranes suitable for release only in areas where contact with people would be unlikely. The bird raised in captivity by its natural parents appeared to be the best suited for release in all situations, but our sample was too small for a conclusive assessment. There is a need for additional study, but this approach seems to have possibilities for augmenting wild populations of endangered species of cranes. (AA) KEY WORDS: Gruidae 1970's.

LOCATION: 2427 BIR

274. Nesbitt, S.A., and L.E. Williams, Jr. 1974. A trial translocation of Sandhill Cranes. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 27:332-335.

ABSTRACT: Wild-trapped Sandhill Cranes (Grus canadensis pratensis) captured and moved to habitat occupied by cranes 152 miles away did not return "home" and were seen near the release site up to 20 months later. The frequency that the translocated birds were seen near the release site indicated that dispersal had been minimal and that restocking in suitable habitat might be done with relatively few wild-trapped cranes. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae Florida 1970's.

LOCATION: 3177 BIR

275. Nesbitt, S.A., L.E. Williams, Jr., L. McNease, and T. Joanen. 1978. Brown Pelican restocking efforts in Louisiana. Wilson Bull. 90:443-445.

ABSTRACT: A restocking program of Brown Pelicans (Pelecanus occidentalis) was designed by the Louisiana Wildlife and Fisheries Commission and the Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission in 1966. Between 1968 and 1976, 778 nestlings were collected from stable colonies in Florida, and 767 nestlings were successfully transported and released at historic colony sites in Louisiana. Reproduction in transplanted birds first occurred in 1971 when the initial transplants became 3-years-old. Between 1971 and 1976, 221 Louisiana-produced young were fledged. In 1975, 35-40% of the standing population of 400-450 Brown Pelicans died, probably due to contamination by endrin. Because pelicans are highly sensitive to environmental contamination, their habitats should be monitored for contaminants. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Pelecanidae 1960's 1970's.

LOCATION: 2538 BIR

276. Newman, C.C. 1945. Turkey restocking efforts in east Texas. J. Wildl. Manage. 9:279-289.

ABSTRACT: The Eastern Wild Turkey (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris) populations of eastern Texas were severely depleted by the early 1900's. Restocking attempts with Rio Grande Turkeys (M. g. intermedia) have occurred since 1924, but only 1 of 19 releases has been successful. For 3 years, pen-reared turkeys were maintained in an enclosure in Hardin County. In 1941, the 58 enclosed hens were allowed to lay, set, and hatch. Eighty poults were produced. In the 2 years following, eggs laid prior to June 1 were removed and artificially incubated. In 1942, 885 poults were produced by 50 hens. About 132 poults were released back into the enclosure. In 1943, 352 poults were produced by 28 hens. Due to a blackhead infestation, only 140 poults were raised to 8 weeks. Pen-raised birds were released adjacent to the pen and on the Devil's Pocket Refuge. Restocking eastern Texas turkey populations with pen-raised stock as well as natural incubation and brooding in a pen, failed. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1940's habitat.

LOCATION: 2529 BIR

277. Newton, I. 1988. Reintroduction, and its relation to the management of raptor populations. Pages 1-15 in D.K. Garcelon and G.W. Roemer, eds. Proc. Int. Symp. Raptor Reintroduction, 1985. Inst. Wildl. Stud., Arcata, Ca.

ABSTRACT: My aim is to set the scene for later, more detailed discussion on reintroduction projects. The circumstances in which reintroduction is worthwhile will be defined and discussed in relation to other management options. The problems of prior habitat assessment, the provenance of the release stock, methods of release, and subsequent population dynamics will be discussed. Finally, appropriate criteria for monitoring the step-by-step success of reintroduction projects will be suggested. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Methodology.

LOCATION: 2818 BIR

278. Norderhaug, M. 1984. Captive breeding and reintroduction of northern geese. Skr. Nor. Polarinst 181:161-164.

ABSTRACT: Experience from two different reintroduction programmes related to the Svalbard population of the Light-bellied Brent Goose Branta bernicla hrota and the Fennoscandian population of the Lesser White-fronted Goose Anser erythropus is summarized. The Light-bellied Brent Goose project was a pilot study conducted in 1974 to investigate possibilities for captive breeding and reintroduction in Svalbard to prevent further population decline. The project on the Lesser White-fronted Goose was initiated in Sweden in 1979. Reintroduction started in 1981 with the release of 14-37 young birds per year in Lappland 1981-1983. Manipulation with the traditional migratory route is a part of this conservation programme. Details are further described. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Norway 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2793 BIR

279. Nye, P.E. 1983. A biological and economic review of the hacking process for the restoration of Bald Eagles. Pages 127-135 in D.M. Bird, ed. Biology and management of Bald Eagles and Ospreys. Proc. First Int. Symp. Bald Eagles and Ospreys, Montreal. October 1981. Harpell Press, Ste. Anne de Bellevue, PQ.

ABSTRACT: In an experimental attempt to restore Bald Eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) by hacking procedures, 23 fledgling eagles were released at a single New York site during the 5-year period 1976-1980. The experimental phase determined that newly fledged eagles would learn to feed in the absence of adult birds, survive over long periods of time, and ultimately establish their own nesting site within the region to successfully produce young. Based upon a detailed analysis of these experimental results, an expanded "Phase II" plan for the restoration of Bald Eagles was developed in an attempt to effect a rapid and economical restoration of the species in New York State. During the summer of 1981, 21 nestling Bald Eagles were obtained from the State of Alaska for release in New York during the first year of the 5-year Phase II effort. A review of the approximate costs involved in hacking a few versus many eagles, as well as a comparison of some important biological considerations is presented to attempt to gain some insight into the efficacy of large scale releases of Bald Eagles. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's 1980's cost analysis .

LOCATION: 2590 BIR

280. Nye, P.E. 1988. A review of Bald Eagle hacking projects and early results in North America. Pages 95-112 in D.K. Garcelon and G.W. Roemer, eds. Proc. Int. Symp. Raptor Reintroduction, 1985. Inst. Wildl. Stud., Arcata, CA.

ABSTRACT: Fifteen states within the United States and one Canadian Province are or have been involved in hacking projects for the release of young Bald Eagles into suitable ranges. The objectives of these projects are to restore varying numbers of pairs of breeding Bald Eagles in the chosen release areas. The earliest hacking project began in 1976, and through 1985 over 300 eagles have been hacked at over 20 locations in North America, mostly within the eastern United States. Eagles for these programs are obtained primarily from a variety of wild donor populations in addition to a small percentage from captive breeding facilities. Methodologies used in the hacking process have become fairly standardized. Early results are now becoming available on mortality rates and causes and survivorship to sexual maturity of hacked eagles. Very preliminary results are also being accrued on dispersal distances to ultimate nesting locations, age to first breeding, mate selection, and reproductive capability of hacked Bald Eagles. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus leucocephalus 1970's 1980's reintroduction methodology.

LOCATION: 2818 BIR

281. Odom, R.R. 1980. Current status and reintroduction of the Bald Eagle in Georgia. Oriole 45:1-14.

ABSTRACT: The history and status of the Southern Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus leucocephalus) in Georgia is summarized and a hacking project is described. Decline in mainland eagle populations is attributed to habitat reduction due to short-term pulpwood production, nest abandonment due to disturbance, shooting, and industrial pollution. In an attempt to accelerate recovery of the existing population, two captive-reared 7-week-old eaglets were hacked in a wildlife management area on a barrier island. Transport, handling, and feeding methods for eaglets are described. After about 6 weeks on the hack tower the dominant eaglet escaped and was observed in apparently excellent condition for 2 weeks. The subdominant eaglet was initially incapable of sustained flight, landed on unsuitable perches, and was recaptured and returned to the hack tower five times in 13 days. On the sixth release the bird landed on suitable perches; contact with the bird was lost after 2 additional days. Neither eaglet voluntarily returned to the hack tower for food after independent flight. (BGA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's hacking captive-reared methodology transport.

LOCATION: 295 BIR

282. Odom, R.R. 1983. Georgia's Red-cockaded Woodpecker relocation experiment: a 1983 update. Pages 106-108 in D.A. Wood, ed. Red-cockaded Woodpecker Symp. II Proc.

ABSTRACT: Twelve Red-cockaded Woodpeckers (Picoides borealis) were relocated from Fort Stewart Army Base, Georgia, to St. Catherines Island in southeast Georgia in 1980. Nest cavities inserted into trees to provide temporary shelter were used by the relocated birds. Successful reproduction occurred in 1981, but none was observed in 1982. Two and a half years post-relocation, two of the 12 birds could still be located; 13 of the trees (72%) with inserted cavities had died or blown down. The survival and successful reproduction of some birds demonstrate the potential of relocation as a management tool. The tree loss and bird disappearance, however, demonstrate the need for refinement of this technique. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Picidae 1980's.

LOCATION: 2956 BIR

283. Odom, R.R., and J.W. Guthrie. 1981. Bald eagle restoration efforts in Georgia - a status report. Pages 59-65 in T.N. Ingram, ed. Bald Eagle management: Proc. Bald Eagle Days 1981. Eagle Valley Environmentalists, Apple River, IL.

ABSTRACT: The Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) was classified as an endangered species by the state of Georgia in 1974. As of 1981, only two active nests were known to exist in the state. Georgia began hacking eagles on Sapelo Island in 1979. Two eaglets from Patuxent Wildlife Research Center were released in 1979 and two more in 1980. A similar release is planned for 1981. None of the hacked birds have returned to the release area. Attempts will be made to obtain additional eaglets for hacking from wild Florida populations. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2822 BIR

284. Odom, R.R., J. Rappole, J. Evans, D. Charbonneau, and D. Palmer. 1982. Red-cockaded Woodpecker relocation experiment in coastal Georgia. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 10:197-203.

ABSTRACT: Twelve Red-cockaded Woodpeckers (Picoides borealis), from five different clans, were relocated from Fort Stewart Army Base to St. Catherines Island in southeastern Georgia. Birds were captured and moved during the night, with their roosting cavities, to release sites that closely simulated conditions at the capture site. Five birds were fitted with radio transmitters, and all were color-marked with patagial tags and plastic leg bands. Five of 12 (42%) birds released in late February could still be accounted for as of October 1, 1981. Three of five radio-fitted birds were killed, apparently by raptors. Seven translocated cavities (inserts) were used by the birds. Successful breeding was observed at one insert where one fledgling was produced. Aggression by Red-headed Woodpeckers (Melanerpes erythrocephalus) displaced some Red-cockaded Woodpeckers. Relocation of Red-cockaded Woodpeckers is a feasible management alternative when individual colonies are threatened with destruction of their habitat and when the techniques described are used. This paper reports on relocation through October 1, 1981. (AA) Copyright 1982 by The Wildlife Society.

KEY WORDS: Picidae 1980's.

LOCATION: 296 BIR

285. Olendorff, R.R., R.S. Motroni, and M.W. Call. 1980. Raptor management: the state of the art in 1980. Pages 468-523 in USDA For. Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. INT-86. Intermountain For. Range Exp. Stn., Ogden, UT.

ABSTRACT: The techniques of raptor management underwent a decade of intensive research during the 1970's. Raptor conservation, including species protection and management, as well as habitat protection and management, now receives unprecedented attention stemming generally from the increasing interest in nongame wildlife. Highlights of the 1970's include: 1) captive breeding (which is now routine) of 726 Peregrine Falcons at three major facilities in North America, plus smaller successes at other facilities and with dozens of other species worldwide; 2) proof of the value of egg manipulations (such as artificial incubation of thin-shelled eggs and double-clutching) in creating extra birds for management purposes; 3) the testing and evaluation of several methods of introducing extra birds to the wild, including clutch augmentation, fostering, cross-fostering, and hacking (controlled release of nestlings); 4) the establishment of numerous special areas to provide direct protection of key raptor habitats; and 5) the proliferation of raptor habitat management projects, including artificial feeding programs for raptors, provision of artificial perches and nesting structures, and the development of new natural nest sites. Success with many techniques during the 1970's exceeded most expectations. The 1980's should bring greater use of these techniques -when and if (!) they are needed. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's review artificial nest structures environmental assessment.

LOCATION: 201 BIR

286. Oliphant, L.W., and W.J.P. Thompson. 1988. The use of falconry techniques in the reintroduction of the peregrine. Pages 611-617 in T.J. Cade, J.H. Enderson, C.G. Thelander, and C.M. White, eds. Peregrine Falcon populations: their management and recovery. The Peregrine Fund, Inc. Boise, ID.

ABSTRACT: It is estimated that 70-80% of hacked Peregrine Falcons do not live long enough to attempt breeding due to a high mortality rate during the first year of life. In an attempt to develop techniques to reduce these losses, the Saskatchewan Cooperative Falcon Project began experimenting with falconry techniques in 1974. Tame-hacking, in which falcons were conditioned to human presence and trained to feed from a lure instead of being placed directly into a hack box, significantly reduced the loss of falcons to predation by Great Horned Owls. The holdover technique, in which falcons are retrapped 2-4 weeks after a conventional hack and then are flown on prey throughout the winter by falconers, also decreased mortality during the first year, increased site recognition and affinity, and provided additional hunting experience in more controlled conditions. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus methodology Canada 1970's

LOCATION: 2638 BIR

287. Oliver, W.L.R. 1985. The Jamaican Hutia or Indian coney (Geocapromys brownii) - a model programme for captive breeding and re-introduction. Pages 35-52 in J. Partridge, ed. Proc. Symp. Assoc. Br. Wild Anim. Keepers.

ABSTRACT: This paper comprises a summarised account of a captive breeding programme for Jamaica's only surviving endemic terrestrial mammal, the Hutia (Geocapromys brownii). The recent history, management and reproductive performance of the captive stock at the Jersey Wildlife Preservation Trust are described, along with a brief review of its overall status in captivity and in the wild state; the latter being consequent of a field survey by the author in 1982. As a result of the findings of this survey, and the need to develop a rationale for the future of the captive-bred stock, a proposed re-introduction programme was developed in consultation with the appropriate authorities in Jamaica, for which the justification and current progress are described. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Capromyidae husbandry reproduction.

LOCATION: 3170 BIR

288. Ounsted, M.L. 1988. Attempts by The Wildfowl Trust to re-establish the white-winged wood duck and the white-headed duck. Int. Zoo Yearb. 27:216-222.

ABSTRACT: Although the effectiveness of captive breeding programs is often debated, these efforts can create a high level of public awareness and may be quite suitable for many waterfowl species. The Wildfowl Trust of Great Britain is actively involved in captive breeding efforts to boost wild populations of both the White-winged Wood Duck and the White-headed Duck. The Wildfowl Trust received a stock of 12 White-winged Wood Ducks from Assam in 1969 and 1970, which were selectively bred to maximize genetic diversity. By 1984, the captive stock had grown to 98 birds as a result of this program and protected habitat was being secured as a future release site. White-headed Ducks have also been kept at the Wildfowl Trust since 1968, when six wild-caught birds were sent from Pakistan. In 1984, 59 eggs from these captive birds were transported to a Hungarian facility on the shores of Lake Condor where the birds had formerly bred. The main reintroduction for this stock of White-headed Ducks was planned for the summer of 1988. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Cairina scutulata Oxyura leucocephala Anatidae 1960's 1980's

LOCATION: 2628 BIR

289. Pharris, L.D., S. Chaney, and M. Cartwright. 1983. Preliminary evaluation of Ruffed Grouse restoration efforts in Arkansas. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 37:28-33.

ABSTRACT: Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus) restoration efforts were initiated in Arkansas in 1981, with the relocation of 50 wild-trapped birds from Cumberland Gap National Historical Park in Virginia to a release site in Newton County, Arkansas, along the Buffalo National River. In 1982, restoration efforts continued with the release of 67 wild-trapped grouse captured in Virginia and Minnesota. These birds were released on the Buffalo National River site and on the Ozark National Forest in Johnson County. Population monitoring, particularly winter censuses and spring drumming surveys, documented minimum first year survival rates of 24.0% and 20.0%, respectively, for the two release sites. From 1982 to 1983, the number of birds observed, indirectly and directly, on the Buffalo National River site during winter censuses and spring drumming surveys indicates the birds are not only maintaining themselves, but are increasing. During April 1983, one male, mirror-trapped, had survived for 18 months, and two of five birds observed were unbanded juveniles. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1980's brood surveys.

LOCATION: 2686 BIR

290. Pierce, R. 1986. Black Stilt. Endangered New Zealand Wildl. Ser. John McIndoe, Ltd., Dunedin, N.Z. 24pp.

ABSTRACT: Black Stilts (Himantopus novaezealandiae) historically occurred throughout New Zealand, but their numbers have declined due to habitat destruction and predation by introduced carnivores. The species is currently confined to the MacKenzie Basin of the central South Island. The population consists of about 50 birds, including 12 breeding pairs. In 1979, the New Zealand Wildlife Service began a captive rearing and breeding program at the National Wildlife Center. Eggs from the Center have been cross-fostered to hybrid or interbreeding Black Stilts in the MacKenzie Basin. Additionally, eggs in wild nests are removed, replaced with dummy eggs, and artificially incubated. Eggs are returned to their respective nests prior to hatching. Wild nests are surrounded with traps to protect against predation. Chick band returns suggest that few fledglings survive to become productive breeders. Research is being conducted to further investigate predation intensity and methods to reduce it. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Recurvirostridae 1970's biology competition.

LOCATION: 2993 (1092) BIR

291. Post, W., and F.B. Antonio. 1981. Breeding and rearing of Seaside Sparrows in captivity. Int. Zoo Yearb. 21:123-128.

ABSTRACT: Wild and captive populations of Seaside Sparrows Ammospiza maritima peninsulae were compared to evaluate the feasibility of captive rearing. Aviaries are described. Captive populations (6 nestlings, 19 adults and juveniles, 13 nestings) were similar to wild birds (345 marked individuals, 146 nestings) in behavior and physical development, but the breeding season lasted 1 month longer in captive compared to wild populations. Fledging rate from eggs was 33% for captive birds and 36% for wild birds but mortality sources differed. Captive losses were attributed to failure to hatch and neonatal death while wild nestlings succumbed to floods and predators. Low hatchability in captive populations may be alleviated by using incubators or surrogate parents; neonatal survival of captive nestlings may be enhanced by brood rearing. (BGA)

KEY WORDS: Emberizidae 1970's 1980's captive propagation.

LOCATION: 2654 BIR

292. Postupalsky, S., and J.B. Holt, Jr. 1975. Adoption of nestlings by breeding Bald Eagles. Raptor Res. 9:18-20.

ABSTRACT: On 16 June 1974, 2 young Bald Eagles, which were banded on 9 June when they were 7.5-8 weeks old, were found on the ground one day after a severe storm had destroyed the nest. The 2 eaglets were captured, and on 20 June they were placed in 2 nests, each containing a single eaglet of similar size and age. The transfer of the nestlings was successful, and the 4 young fledged from the 2 nests. The fostering technique has potential in Bald Eagle management: 1) nestlings that survive the crash of a nest uninjured can be placed in other active nests and remain part of the wild population; 2) nestlings from healthy populations could be used to bolster threatened populations; 3) with <5% of breeding pairs raising broods of 3 eaglets to fledging age, banders discovering a brood of 3 young could transfer the third nestling to eyries in other areas; and 4) nestlings produced in captivity may be fostered in active eyries in the wild. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus leucocephalus Michigan 1970's fostering.

LOCATION: 3240 BIR

293. Preston, J.R. 1959. Turkey restoration efforts in the Ozark region of Arkansas. Pages 43-55 in Proc. First Natl. Wild Turkey Symp., Memphis.

ABSTRACT: A study conducted in 1957 in the Arkansas Ozarks compared stocking success of native versus pen-reared turkeys. Four areas stocked with native turkeys over a 7 year period were compared to six areas recently stocked with pen-reared birds. Of 80 pen-reared birds released in March, 40 were known to be alive in September. Eighteen females attempted nesting and 15 produced broods. Pen-reared birds settling near farms retained their tameness while others assumed a more wild state. Two of the four areas where wild birds were released for 7 years support sizable turkey populations. The 10 month study period for pen-reared birds is too short to draw any conclusions but it has shown that pen-reared birds can survive a short period and rear young in the wild. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae Meleagris gallopavo 1950's dispersal domestication reproduction survival.

LOCATION: 2836 BIR

294. Ptacek, J., and M. Schwilling. 1983. Mountain Plover reintroduction in Kansas. Bull. Kans. Ornithol. Soc. 34:21-22.

ABSTRACT: In summer 1982, 50 Mountain Plovers (Eupoda montana) were reintroduced by Kansas Fish and Game into the shortgrass prairie of Wallace County in western Kansas. The birds had not migrated to the area since the mid-1900's. Birds were captured and banded at Pawnee National Grasslands by Colorado Fish and Game Commission. They were transported to Kansas when the feathers had developed enough for thermoregulation and near flight ability. Some of the birds were enclosed in a 40 ft² fenced area, provided with mealworms and cat food, and released after 24 hours to 2.5 days of acclimatization. Other birds were released the day received in groups of three to four birds in various habitats. Those held in pens exhibited delayed dispersal, remaining in the release area 2 to 13 days, while those directly released left the release area within 1 day. Three plovers could fly when they were released; the others fledged 10-48 hours later. It is presently unknown if the released birds will return to the areas in Kansas from which they fledged. Kansas Fish and Game plans to continue the project for 2 more years. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Charadriidae 1980's competition predation.

LOCATION: 2978 BIR

295. Pullin, B.P. 1987. Restoring Great Egrets to the Tennessee Valley. Proc. Southeast. Nongame Endangered Wildl. Symp. 3:11-13.

ABSTRACT: Historically, Great Egrets (Egretta alba) nested in substantial numbers within the Tennessee and mid-Mississippi Valley regions. Populations declined until only a remnant 10 pairs could be located at Reelfoot Lake by 1980. In 1983 restoration was initiated by attempting to cross-foster 10 egret eggs using Great Blue Herons as surrogate parents. Eggs were not incubated properly and embryos failed. In 1985 egret hacking procedures were developed and 66 fledglings were released at Mud Creek Wildlife Management Area (WMA) in northeast Alabama. In 1986, 56 additional young egrets were hacked at this site. Expanding the project in 1987 to include a congener, 65 Great Egrets and 14 Snowy Egrets (E. thula) were released at Mud Creek WMA. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Ardeidae 1980's reintroduction cross-fostering hacking.

LOCATION: 3114 BIR

296. Pullin, B.P., and D.A. Hammer. 1981. A management alternative? Relocating threatened heronries to protected areas. Colon. Waterbirds 4:200.

ABSTRACT: Dramatic declines in wading bird populations in the Tennessee Valley Region have spurred research into the development of positive management programs to reverse the disconcerting trend. In 1977, the Tennessee Valley Authority in cooperation with the Tennessee Wildlife Resources Agency and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, initiated a project to develop management procedures to: (1) select and manipulate suitable sites for nesting colonies of Black-crowned Night-Herons, and (2) attract and/or relocate threatened colonies to selected, secure nesting areas. In 1979, an attempt was made to relocate a nesting colony of Black-crowned Night-Herons from private property in Grainger County, Tennessee to public land in Hamblen County. Analysis of 1977 and 1978 nesting habitat characteristics provided guidelines for selection of a suitable site for relocation of the German Creek Colony. Relocation procedures were designed to: (1) attract adult herons to the proposed relocation area, and (2) discourage nesting attempts at the German Creek site. Adult herons occupied the proposed site 4 consecutive days following initiation of relocation procedures. However, interference by campers at the public site caused desertion by the attracted herons. In 1980 adult herons were attracted to a different relocation site, but nesting activities did not ensue. Investigations are continuing. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Ardeidae Nycticorax nycticorax 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2745 BIR

297. Pullin, B.P., and D.A. Hammer. 1986. Restoring Great Egrets to the Tennessee Valley. Colonial Waterbird Soc. Newsl. 10(3):36. ABSTRACT: During the 1930s, the Great Egret (Egretta alba) nested in substantial numbers in the Tennessee Valley. However, the cumulative effects of habitat alterations and disturbance to nesting colonies eliminated breeding populations. Procedures were developed to translocate preflighted egret nestlings from donor colonies in Texas to holding pens in north Alabama, artificially support until fledging, and monitor until "postnesting" dispersal. A total of 122 Great Egrets were released in 1985-86. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Ardeidae 1980's reintroduction.

LOCATION: 2975 BIR

298. Putnam, M.S. 1981. Refined techniques in crane propagation at the International Crane Foundation. Pages 250-258 in J.C. Lewis, ed. Proc. 1981 Crane Workshop. Grand Tetons National Park, WY. August 1981. Natl. Audubon Soc., Tavernier, FL.

ABSTRACT: This paper describes refined techniques used to propagate cranes at the International Crane Foundation. An experiment with diets of different protein levels is outlined and preliminary data are given. Ideas are presented for safer and easier artificial insemination. Experiments are described that yielded a higher hatch rate among artificially incubated eggs. Finally, an experiment is presented that may produce hand-raised birds suitable for release into the wild. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae captive rearing methodology.

LOCATION: 2649 BIR

299. Qadri, S.S. 1987. Attempted introduction of Bar-headed Goose through a new habitat. Environ. Conserv. 14:264-265.

ABSTRACT: The quantity and quality of waterfowl migrating to wetlands in Kashmir has declined. An international rearing and release program for endangered, rare, and difficult to breed species is being conducted by the Wildfowl Trust at Slimbridge, Gloucestershire, England. In May 1986, 30 Bar-headed Goose (Anser indicus) eggs were sent from Slimbridge to the Hokarsar Wetland Reserve in Kashmir. Eggs were incubated under hens, and 29 hatched. Four geese died, two from viral Afflotoxicosin and two from esophageal choking. Eleven of the surviving geese were transferred to the City Forest bird sanctuary, an area being developed as a migratory bird center. The other 14 geese remain at the Hokarsar Wetland Reserve. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae 1980's India.

LOCATION: 2844 BIR

300. Radler, K., and W. Bergerhausen. 1988. On the life history of a reintroduced population of Eagle Owls (Bubo bubo). Pages 83-94 in D.K. Garcelon and G.W. Roemer, eds. Proc. Int. Symp. Raptor Reintroduction, 1985. Inst. for Wildl. Stud., Arcata, CA. ABSTRACT: During 1964-1985, The Initiative for Reintroduction of the Eagle Owl released almost 1,500 Eagle Owls (Bubo bubo) in the Federal Republic of Germany in an attempt to bolster the existing population. Owls were released by fostering of fledglings, release of juveniles in suitable habitat or directly from the aviary, and by release of mates to wild owls calling during winter courtship. The cost per owl released was $1,500. Survival of released birds was highly dependent upon first-year mortality. The primary mortality sources for both released and wild-hatched Eagle Owls were powerline collisions and road and railway traffic. Total mortality was balanced by sex. The average number of fledglings from 112 successful Eagle Owl pairs re-established in the wild was 1.83. Further investigations are being conducted to examine the potential loss of genetic variability in Eagle Owls and the effects of inbreeding depression on fitness parameters. Released Eagle Owl populations are being monitored to determine if stable owl populations have resulted from the releases. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Strigidae 1960's 1970's 1980's reproduction.

LOCATION: 2818 BIR

301. Rands, M.R.W., and T.P. Hayward. 1987. Survival and chick production of hand-reared Gray Partridges in the wild. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 15:456-457.

ABSTRACT: In August 1983, 33 12-week-old Gray Partridges (Perdix perdix) were released onto farmland in Wiltshire, England, to investigate the survival and productivity differences between wild and hand-reared partridges. Ten (five male, five female) known mortalities occurred. Additionally, 53% of the released males disappeared during the winter. No females disappeared. During the breeding season following release, seven of 14 pairs with at least one released partridge, produced young that survived to 6 weeks of age. Sixteen of 18 wild pairs produced young. Pairs with one hand-reared parent displayed lower breeding success than wild pairs, and the authors hypothesize this may be the result of increased nest predation due to poor nest site selection by the hand-reared birds. The mean brood size in August was similar between both wild and hand-reared birds. Once hatched, there appears to be no difference in the ability of wild and hand-reared birds to raise chicks. This study demonstrates that released partridges can survive the winter and successfully rear young. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Phasianidae 1980's.

LOCATION: 3053 BIR

302. Redig, P.T., and H.B. Tordoff. 1988. Peregrine Falcon reintroduction in the Upper Mississippi Valley and western Great Lakes Region. Pages 559-563 in T.J. Cade, J.H. Enderson, C.G. Thelander, and C.M. White, eds. Peregrine Falcon populations: their management and recovery. The Peregrine Fund, Inc. Boise, ID.

ABSTRACT: Experimental peregrine releases in the Upper Mississippi Valley were made on cliffs along the river in 1976 and 1977, as a part of The Peregrine Fund program. Heavy predation by Great Horned Owls in 1977 terminated the releases. In 1982, new releases were started with peregrines from other breeding projects. Through 1985, 58 falcons have been released at three sites: Weaver Dunes, along the Mississippi River in southeastern Minnesota (41 birds), Leveaux Mountain on the North Shore of Lake Superior (11 birds), and downtown Minneapolis (six birds). At Weaver Dunes, we have made multiple releases using two hack towers about 200 meters apart. Intense owl control for about 8 weeks is essential at this site to eliminate loss of falcons. We have not been prevented from using this site by returning territorial falcons from earlier releases because, we think, readily available cliffs along the Mississippi provide much more attractive habitat than the mostly flat dune country. Our city release in 1985 and the two North Shore releases (1984, 1985) suffered no owl predation and all falcons survived to independence. We estimate that about 24 young falcons released each year (our 1985 level) represent about two-thirds of the annual productivity of the pre-DDT peregrine population in the Upper Mississippi region, thought to number about 30 pairs. It may be possible to phase out releases starting in 1990 as we approach our goal of 15 to 20 established pairs of wild peregrines. As of 1985, individual peregrines have been sighted in our region, but no territorial birds or breeding pairs have yet been reported. (AA) This abstract also available under same title as page 24 in Abstr. Int. Peregrine Conf. Symp. Manage. Birds of Prey. Sacramento, CA. 1985.Raptor Res. Found. See reprint number 2957.

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2638 (2957) BIR

303. Ridley, M.W. 1986. Captive breeding and reintroduction of pheasants. Int. Zoo Yearb. 24/25:40-44.

ABSTRACT: In the late 1970's, in response to declining numbers of Cheer Pheasants (Catreus wallichi) in Pakistan, the World Pheasant Association began an attempt to reintroduce the pheasants. Eggs from private collections in Britain were incubated and reared in Pakistan. Hatching and survival to 6 weeks of age varied from 21-58% and 4-77% respectively. Initial lower survival rates may have been due to poor facilities and inexperienced keepers. Four years into the program, follow-up studies on survival of released poults resulted in resiting of the release area. The World Pheasant Association is also attempting to establish captive-bred populations of three species of tragopans (Tragopan melanocephalus, T. caboti, and T. blythi). (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Phasianidae Western Tragopan Blyth's Tragopan Cabot's Tragopan 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2676 BIR

304. Roberts, D.A. 1985. Behavioral development of young Golden Eagles at a hack site: M.S. Thesis. Univ. North Carolina, Charlotte.

ABSTRACT: A project was begun in 1981 to establish a breeding population of Golden Eagles Aquila chrysaetos in the southern Appalachians by hacking captive produced young near the Shining Rock Wilderness Area in Haywood County, North Carolina. This study attempted to determine if there were behavioral differences between wild and hacked eaglets. Performance levels of 35 "key" behaviors were quantified and entered into an electronic data recorder, allowing data to be analyzed by computer. Behavioral performance levels of hacked eaglets were statistically compared to wild eaglets (Ellis 1973) by t-tests. Some behavioral differences seem to be due to the effect of hacking (e.g., lower bout numbers for postures and higher Flap and Spread-hold performances), while other differences seem to be caused by abnormal physical development (e.g., slow transition from Lie to Stand and higher performance levels of Preening). Alternate hacking methods and uses of behaviors as indicators of proper development are discussed. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1980's methodology

LOCATION: 4015 BIR

305. Roberts, D.A., and R.D. Brown. 1982. Behavior of young Golden Eagles (Aquila chrysaetos) and evaluation of the first hacking project in the southern Appalachians. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 98(4):209.

ABSTRACT: During the summer of 1981 the first Golden Eagle Hacking Project was begun in cooperation with several agencies to establish a breeding population of wild aeries in the southern appalachians. The ontogeny of eaglet behavior during the hacking project was studied and compared with wild eaglet behavior to determine if proper development was occurring. The percent of time spent in stand postures increased with age as lie postures decreased, but both postures began to revert after the normal fledging age (65 days). Flap and spread-hold performances increased to around day 78 and then dropped sharply. Defecations in the nest before the normal fledging age were significantly fewer in number than after 65 days (X²=7.16, df=1, P < 0.01). Key behaviors, such as lie, stand, flap and spread-hold, and defecation, appear to be good indicators of normal eaglet development during introduction projects. When compared with wild eaglet development, analysis of key behaviors may indicate the optimum release date. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Accipitridae 1980's.

LOCATION: 2982 BIR

306. Robertson, D.B. 1976. Weka liberation in Northland. Notornis 23:213-219.

ABSTRACT: A colony of North Island Wekas (Gallirallus australis greyi) has been successfully established in Rawhiti, Bay of Islands, as a result of five liberations in the summers of 1966-1971. This account is written mainly to help other amateurs who may consider obtaining wekas from the Wildlife Service and trying to establish colonies elsewhere. The number of birds required is discussed as well as details concerning the construction of the cage, time in the cage, and feeding. The account describes the effect of predators on the birds and the effect of wekas on other wildlife and the neighbours. It includes a map of the areas illustrating a weka county in the Rawhiti area during January 1976. Most of the wekas counted at that time were bred in the area. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Rallidae New Zealand 1960's 1970's methodology.

LOCATION: 3034 BIR

307. Rymon, L.M., and B. Fortman. 1985. Pennsylvania hacked three-year-old male Ospreys (Pandion haliaetus) nest and foster fledglings. Page 4 in Raptor Res. Found. Symp. Manage. Birds of Prey. Int. Meet. Session 9. West. North Am. Osprey Symp.

ABSTRACT: A total of 105 Ospreys have been hacked in Pennsylvania since 1980. Three males from 1982 releases returned in 1985 and built nests. Two of these fostered 1985 releases shortly after fledging. Up to eight fledglings were fed by one male on a newly erected nest pole adjacent to the hack site. These activities and other postfledging behavior are very encouraging regarding the success of hacking as an Osprey management technique. The results of this 6-year study have shown that Ospreys return with great fidelity to hacking locations. Furthermore, it appears hacking is a viable means of Osprey restoration on the global scale. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Pandionidae 1980's.

LOCATION: 3016 BIR

308. Saar, C. 1985. The breeding and release of peregrines in West Germany. ICBP Tech. Publ. No. 5:363-365.

ABSTRACT: In summer 1982, a pair of Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus) nested in a historical nest site on a cliff in the eastern part of Germany. They laid two eggs, both hatched and the two young, a falcon and a tiercel, fledged. This was the first time in nearly 20 years that Peregrines raised their young in this part of Germany. The breeding pair, a 3-year-old female and a 2-year-old male, were ringed with special rings which showed that these birds had been bred in captivity and released in the wild. It also showed that our activities to help this threatened species to survive in the wild were successful, despite the doubts and strong opposition voiced by many ornithologists and nature conservationists. We were satisfied to be able to demonstrate this promising result only 4 years after our release programme began with the release of only three young in 1978. (AI)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Falconidae 1970's 1980's captive breeding cross-fostering.

LOCATION: 2577 (2667) BIR

309. Saar, C. 1988. Reintroduction of the Peregrine Falcon in Germany. Pages 629-635 in T.J. Cade, J.H. Enderson, C.G. Thelander, and C.M. White, eds. Peregrine Falcon populations: their management and recovery. The Peregrine Fund, Inc. Boise, ID.

ABSTRACT: After the Peregrine Falcon population crash in the 1950's to 1960's in Germany with only a small remaining population surviving in the south, a Peregrine Falcon breeding, releasing, and reintroducing project was started. In 1974 the first peregrines were produced in captivity. In 1977 the first experimental releases were successful, so that 1 year later the real releasing program could be started. It has been carried out mainly in Hessen, Bavaria, and West Berlin. Beginning with seven peregrines in 1977, we have released falcons every year since in increasing numbers for a total of 245 through 1985. Hacking, fostering, and cross-fostering methods were used. Hacking places were suitable buildings, deserted nesting cliffs, and since 1980, artificial tree nests also (former tree nesting areas). The first breeding success of reintroduced Peregrine Falcons was observed in 1982 in the Harz Mountains in East Germany. Since then at least 13 pairs from our project have taken over nesting sites, at least nine laid eggs, and at least 34 young have fledged. It is very likely that more pairs exist in the wild, and some birds may have joined the wild population in southern Germany. The most promising fact is the establishment of a Harz breeding population of five pairs west and east of the German frontier. Much interesting information has been collected, and many nice events have happened in connection with the peregrine reintroducing program. (AA) This abstract also presented under same title on page 26 in Abstr. Int. Peregrine Conf. Symp. Manage. Birds of Prey. Sacramento, CA. 1985. Raptor Res. Found. See reprint number 2957.

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2638 (2957) BIR

310. Sandeman, P. 1965. Attempted reintroduction of White-tailed Eagle to Scotland. Scot. Birds 3:411-412.

ABSTRACT: One adult and two juvenile White-tailed Sea Eagles were translocated from Norway to Glen Etive, Scotland in July 1959. The birds were kept tethered for 2 weeks at the release site before being released. The adult was semi-tame, was captured about 1 month later by a farmer, and eventually was placed in the Edinburgh Zoo. The 2 young birds acclimated and were sighted for several months. In January 1960, one of the young birds was discovered in a fox trap. The other bird was not sighted again. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus albicilla 1950's.

LOCATION: 3241 BIR

311. Sands, J. 1982. Hi-line Canada Goose transplant experiment. Page 24 in M.A. Johnson, ed. Trans. Canada Goose Symp. Bismarck, ND. April 1982.

ABSTRACT: In 1980, the New Mexico Department of Game and Fish and the Alberta Fish and Wildlife Division entered into a cooperative agreement to attempt re-establishment of significant wintering populations of Hi-Line Canada geese in New Mexico. In February 1981, 12 wild-trapped Canada geese from the Rio Grande Valley, New Mexico, were transported by Alberta Fish and Wildlife Division personnel to Brooks Wildlife Centre, Brooks, Alberta. These 12 foster parents were then introduced to goslings hatched at the Brooks Wildlife Centre. The foster parents and their super broods were later released at several sites that were not saturated by geese. All geese were color marked; some with neck collars (black letters on yellow and white letters on blue) and some with leg bands (black letters on yellow). It was hoped that the foster parents would escort the goslings to New Mexico in the fall to spend the winter in the Rio Grande Valley. Extensive searches by New Mexico Game and Fish and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service personnel during the winter of 1981-82 produced no observations of color marked geese from the Alberta release. One possible sighting of a neck collared bird was made by a bird watcher at Bosque del Apache National Wildlife Refuge on November 15, 1981. The experiment is designed to continue through 1982-83 with additional releases scheduled for July 1982. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Anatidae Branta canadensis.

LOCATION: 3089 BIR

312. Saul, R. 1982. Canada Goose restoration in eastern Wyoming. Page 11 in M.A. Johnson, ed. Trans. Canada Goose Symp. Bismarck, ND. April 1982.

ABSTRACT: In 1970, the Wyoming Game and Fish Department began a program to establish nesting populations of Canada Geese in northeastern Wyoming, using stock ponds and small reservoirs. Water areas were evaluated in 1971 and release sites selected. From 1972-1981, 1,825 geese were released. Most geese were obtained from Colorado Division of Wildlife and Parks, with the remaining from southeastern Wyoming. Direct recovery rate averaged 8%. Initially, 24 missile type nesting structures were erected. In 1977, 154 wooden 4-post nesting structures were erected. Nearly 40% of the structures were utilized in 1981. Hunting seasons were very restrictive in the release area, 1972-73. From 1974-1981, hunting seasons were approximately 2 weeks. The program has been successful, with local nesting flocks established in northeastern Wyoming. The Wyoming Game and Fish Department will continue to establish artificial nesting sites and transplant geese to available habitat (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Branta canadensis 1970's 1980's

LOCATION: 3089 BIR

313. Schaadt, C.P., and L.M. Rymon. 1983. The restoration of Ospreys by hacking. Pages 299-305 in D.M. Bird, ed. Biology and management of Bald Eagles and Ospreys. Proc. First Int. Symp. Bald Eagles and Ospreys, Montreal. October 1981. Harpell Press, Ste. Anne de Bellevue, PQ.

ABSTRACT: In Pennsylvania in 1980 we adapted the hacking technique as a method of restoring Ospreys Pandion haliaetus to their former breeding range. Six-week-old nestlings were transported from Chesapeake Bay to hack platforms enclosed by roofed cages located in the Pocono Mountains of northeastern Pennsylvania. The young Ospreys successfully adjusted to their artificial nests and conducted safe flights and landings during the flight period. After the fledged Ospreys began returning regularly to the towers to feed, the instinctive development of fishing behavior became apparent. The hacked birds were observed fishing successfully in the study area prior to final dispersal in the fall of 1980 and 1981. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1980's telemetry.

LOCATION: 2409 BIR

314. Scherzinger, W. 1981. Breeding the Ural Owl Strix uralensis at the Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald, West Germany. Avic. Mag. 87:236-241.

ABSTRACT: The last Ural Owl in the Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald, West Germany, was seen in 1926. Captive-breeding efforts at the park began in 1970 in an attempt to establish stock for eventual reintroduction. The first 3 years were unsuccessful, but in 1973, two young were reared. The breeding stock was expanded to six owls. From 1973 to 1981, captive owls produced at least 100 eggs and 47 young. Seventeen young were reared at other locations. Thirty owls were released from 1975 to 1980, but follow-up monitoring was not done. One female is known to have settled in the Nationalpark. If breeding continues to be successful, owls released in the future will be equipped with radio transmitters to monitor success. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Strigidae 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2927 BIR

315. Scherzinger, W.T. 1987. Reintroduction of the Ural Owl in the Bavarian National Park, Germany. U.S. For. Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. RM 142:75-80.

ABSTRACT: In the mountains of the Bavarian Forest an isolated population of Ural Owls became extinct in the beginning of the 20th century. Reintroduction trials were started in 1972 by building a breeding stock, releasing zoo-born owlets, monitoring them with radio transmitters, and studies of habitat preference. A total of 123 owls were bred in captivity; of 76 released in the field, 10 were found dead. Only five birds have settled in the area. Problems occurred with risk of hybridization with the Tawny Owl (Strix aluco), long-distance dispersal of young owls, and low prey abundance during severe winters. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Strigidae Strix uralensis 1970's captive breeding telemetry.

LOCATION: 2626 BIR

316. Schulz, J.W., and E.L. Bakke. 1983. Evaluation of introduced Ruffed Grouse in western North Dakota. Prairie Nat. 15:129-132.

ABSTRACT: During winter 1950-1951, 20 banded Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellus) were released in the Killdeer Mountains of western North Dakota in an attempt to establish grouse in an unoccupied part of their range. Additional banded birds (n=26) were released during 1977-1979. Spring breeding population size, based on male drumming counts, was 4.4 grouse/ha in 1981 and 4.8 grouse/ha in 1982. Prior reproduction was confirmed by the trapping of two unbanded males in spring 1981 and observations of two broods in summer 1981. Ruffed Grouse have been successfully established in the Killdeer Mountains. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae 1950's 1970's drumming.

LOCATION: 3076 BIR

317. Scott, J.M., and J.W. Carpenter. 1987. Release of captive-reared or translocated endangered birds: what do we need to know? Auk 104:544-545.

ABSTRACT: To critically evaluate the effectiveness of various rearing and release methods used in reintroducing endangered bird species, techniques and results need to be fully documented. When rearing birds for release or conducting translocation programs, researchers need to 1) band or mark released birds to distinguish them from wild counterparts; 2) ensure that captive-produced birds reared under different methods can be distinguished from each other; 3) document the conditions under which birds are prepared for different types of release programs; 4) record the conditions of release; 5) document the condition of the release habitat and environmental conditions at release; 6) monitor movements and activities of released birds at least through first breeding; 7) determine survival and breeding success by sex and age for birds reared and released under different conditions; and 8) document any medications administered to birds before or during release. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: methodology.

LOCATION: 2749 (1074) BIR

318. Scott, J.M., C.B. Kepler, C. van Riper III, and S.I. Fefer. 1988. Conservation of Hawaii's vanishing avifauna. BioScience 38:238-253.

ABSTRACT: Hawaii has 29 species of endangered birds due primarily to human-induced perturbations. Captive breeding and release programs have been implemented for four of these species - the Hawaiian Duck (Koloa), Hawaiian Crow, Hawaiian Goose (Nene), and Laysan Duck. Cross-fostering of Townsend's Shearwater eggs into nests of Wedge-tailed Shearwaters was also attempted in order to establish lowland breeding colonies of Townsend's Shearwaters. Current conservation efforts for the remaining 24 endangered Hawaiian birds focus on habitat protection and improvement. (KRR) KEY WORDS: Anatidae Corvidae Procellaridae captive propagation history Anas wyvilliana Corvus hawaiiensis Anas layasanensis Puffinus pacificus Procellaria pacifica Puffinus auricularis

LOCATION: 2994 (1170) BIR

319. Serventy, D.L., B.M. Gunn, I.J. Skira, J.S. Bradley, and R.D.Wooler. 1989. Fledgling translocation and philopatry in a seabird. Oecologia 81:428-429.

ABSTRACT: Short-tailed Shearwater chicks (157) were marked and transferred from their natal burrows on two islands to empty burrows on an adjacent island in an attempt to identify timing of imprinting on the natal island. Chicks were transferred at the beginning of the period when adults migrate and desert chicks in the burrow. Overall, only 3% of transferred chicks returned to the foster island while 46% of chicks native to the island returned after migration. Return rate of chicks transferred from an island 3 km away was lower than the return rate for chicks transferred from an island 1 km away (3% vs. 14%). Attachment to natal area thus appeared to form early in life or during a very short period after desertion by adults and to be very locality specific. This may have implications for attempts to re-establish populations of seabirds on islands from which they are currently absent. (BGA)

KEY WORDS: Procellariidae Puffinus tenuirostris Tasmania 1960's 1970's dispersal survival

LOCATION: 2966 BIR

320. Severinghaus, S.R., Z.B. Mirza, and M. Asghar. 1979. Selection of a release site for the reintroduction of Cheer Pheasants in Pakistan. World Pheasant Assoc. J. 4:100-111.

ABSTRACT: The World Pheasant Association embarked on a project to reintroduce the endangered Cheer Pheasant in Pakistan. Surveys completed in 1978 selected an area of several drainage basins in the Margalla Hills National Park as the most promising release site based on its accessibility, suitable habitat, and freedom from human disturbance. Following selection of the release site, the Pakistan Capital Development Authority built a release pen for the Cheer poults and their broody hen foster mothers. The World Pheasant Association anticipates up to 200 poults being released each year once the project becomes established. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Phasianidae habitat planning Catreus wallichii

LOCATION: 3092 BIR

321. Shandruk, Leonard J. 1986. Elk Island National Park Trumpeter Swan Transplant Pilot Project - Final Report. Pages 66-67 in D. Compton, ed. Proc. Papers Tenth trumpeter Swan Soc. Conf. Grand Prairie, Alberta. 3-6 September 1986.

ABSTRACT: A pilot Trumpeter Swan (Cygnus buccinator) transplant project was initiated at Elk Island National Park (EINP), Alberta, in 1983. The purpose of this pilot project was to test and evaluate techniques and methodologies for the establishment of a new swan breeding flock, wintering on the Canadian Pacific coast. The rationale for this project was based on the concern that all Trumpeter Swans breeding in Canada winter in the overcrowded Tristate Region of the USA. Thus, this population may be subject to catastrophic die-offs. (P)The major objective of this pilot project was to test and develop Trumpeter Swan transplant techniques. Eggs were collected from nests in the Grande Prairie area, and Pacific Coast adult guide birds were obtained to form artificial family groups. Hatching of eggs and preconditioning of adults to cygnets was done at the Brooks Wildlife Centre. (P)In 1983, 17 eggs were collected and hatched. Three artificial family groups of five cygnets each and their guide parents were subsequently released on three separate wetlands at EINP. In 1984, 16 eggs were collected and 11 cygnets hatched. Three artificial family groups of four, three, and three cygnets, respectively, were created and released on two separate wetlands. Due mainly to equipment failure, minimal monitoring and information on swan movements were collected in 1983. It was determined that two guide birds wintered at the Keephills Cooling Pond near Wabamum, Alberta. One of these swans wintered on this same site in 1984 and was last observed outside of Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, during the spring of 1985. No other confirmed observations of 1983 transplants have been obtained. (P)In 1984, an unusually early onset of cold weather resulted in a rapid freeze-over of marshes at EINP. This resulted in excessive losses of swans to coyote predators and cold weather stress. Only one family group plus a single adult guide bird survived. Swan movements were monitored by ground personnel and aircraft for about 3 weeks. The results of this intensive tracking indicated that the Pacific Coast guide birds were unable to migrate to wintering habitats. (P)Many successful techniques for transplanting Trumpeter Swans were developed and tested during this study. However, other strategies and methods must be developed to ensure that transplanted Trumpeters migrate to desired wintering areas.

KEY WORDS: 1980's Anatidae transplant.

LOCATION: 4011 BIR.

322. Shandruk, L.J. and G. Holton. 1984. Status report: a pilot project to transplant Trumpeter Swans into Elk Island National Park, Alberta. Pages 11-13 in Proceedings and Papers of the Ninth Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN.

ABSTRACT: A program initiated in Alberta in 1983 called for the establishment of a breeding population of Trumpeter Swans in presently unused, suitable habitat in Alberta. Because Trumpeter Swan numbers appear to be limited by availability of wintering habitat, it was necessary that these transplanted swans would winter away from the present concentration of swans. The site chosen for this pilot project was Elk Island National Park near Edmonton. Three adult trumpeters were captured in British Columbia and flown to Brooks Wildlife Centre, where they were each placed with captive reared cygnets. These family groups (3 adults, 16 cygnets) were released on separate lakes in Elk Island in August and September. The last locations obtained on these swans before the radio transmitters failed revealed them migrating through southwestern Alberta. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator 1980's Canada

LOCATION: 4010 BIR

323. Shandruk, L.J. and T. Winkler. 1988. Elk Island National Park Trumpeter Swan Reintroduction, 1987 Progress Report. Pages 28-32 in Proceedings and Papers of the Eleventh Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN. ABSTRACT: A three year reintroduction project was designed to restore the Trumpeter Swan as a free-flying migratory breeding bird in Elk Island National Park, Alberta and to diversify the summering and breeding range of Trumpeter Swans in Alberta. Four family groups (8 adults and 18 cygnets) were captured in the Grande Prairie region and transplanted to four Elk Island National Park lakes in July 1987. By mid-August, 13 of the 18 cygnets were missing and presumed to be dead. Within several weeks after their release, all surviving swans had moved to small beaver ponds and channels. Five of the released swans were sighted in Montana and Idaho in the winter of 1987. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator 1980's Canada mortality LOCATION: 4012 BIR

324. Shapiro-Wenner, A., and S.A. Nesbitt. 1984. The fate of translocated Sandhill Cranes after 10 years. Fla. Field Nat. 12: 19-20.

ABSTRACT: From September 1971 to April 1973, Florida Sandhill Cranes (Grus canadensis pratensis) trapped in Manatee County, Florida, were translocated to Fisheating Creek, Glades County and Paynes Prairie, Alachua County. This paper reports on the status of 4 of 15 birds released at Paynes Prairie. Three cranes survived to adulthood, and one successfully bred as part of a local Florida Sandhill Crane population. Some dispersal of translocated birds occurred. Translocation of non-migratory cranes to augment wild populations appears to be a viable management tool. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae 1970's survival.

LOCATION: 2806 BIR

325. Sherrod, S., and T.J. Cade. 1978. Release of Peregrine Falcons by hacking. Pages 121-136 in T.A. Geer, ed. Bird of prey management techniques. Proc. Bird of Prey Manage. Techniques. Oxford. October 1977. Brit. Falconers' Club.

ABSTRACT: Hacking captive produced peregrines back to the wild involves placing 30-day-old falcons in hack boxes located on cliffs or man-made towers. The falcons are fed remotely through chutes and are released at 42 to 45 days of age. The procedure for actual release from the box is critical. The falcons are watched and fed for the next 6 weeks. The falcons begin to capture prey as early as 2 weeks after first flight, but they are not independent for another 4 weeks. Radio telemetry has advantages and disadvantages for tracking the young falcons at this stage. Several marking techniques have been used, but none is entirely satisfactory. Great Horned Owls and raccoons present problems as predators; and some birds have been shot. Results to date include the return of several lone adult falcons to the locations from which they were hacked; one 2-year-old tiercel feeds young with its own kills. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1970's technique.

LOCATION: 2835 BIR

326. Sherrod, S.K., M.A. Jenkins, G. McKee, S. Tatom, and D. Wolfe. 1987. Using wild eggs for production of Bald Eagles for reintroduction into the southeastern United States. Proc. Southeast. Nongame Endangered Wildl. Symp. 3:14-20.

ABSTRACT: The methodology used in recycling (forcing relaying) wild nesting pairs, artificial incubation of eggs, and artificial rearing of the resulting eaglets with puppets to avoid imprinting on humans, is described as part of a project in restoring populations of the endangered Southern Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus). Most donor pairs relaid and fledged young. Over three nesting seasons, 87% of 82 viable eggs removed from nests were hatched. A combination of incubation by bantams and modified commercial incubators were used. Eighty-six percent of the chicks hatched were reared to the age of hacking. Problems encountered were thiaminase poisoning of chicks from frozen fish in the diet, and egg mortality caused by bacterial invasion of eggs in wild nests prior to collection. Eaglets produced by this method have been released in Oklahoma, Alabama, Georgia, and Mississippi. After 2 years of release in Oklahoma, one eaglet has already returned to the release site from a cohort of six initially released. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae 1980's techniques.

LOCATION: 3114 BIR

327. Sherrod, S.K., W.R. Heinrich, W.A. Burnham, J.H. Barclay, and T.J. Cade. 1987. Hacking: a method for releasing Peregrine Falcons and other birds of prey. Third ed. The Peregrine Fund, Inc., Boise, ID. 62pp.

ABSTRACT: Since 1976 The Peregrine Fund has released nearly 2, 000 Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus) to the wild in 27 states. The purpose of these releases has been to restore a breeding population of this endangered raptor throughout the falcon's historic range in the United States. Many state and private organizations have expressed continued interest in birds of prey and have made repeated requests for information on techniques of releasing falcons. We originally prepared most of the material in the following pages as a reference for the attendants at our release sites. To that information we have added other details which may be useful to those who are not associated directly with The Peregrine Fund program. We feel that at least some of this information can also be applied to other species. Summarized are the methods of release used by The Peregrine Fund, the philosophies behind these methods, the problems which we have encountered, and the precautionary measures which should be considered when using these methods. These aspects are covered in detail because we have found that details can make the difference between the success and failure of a release. (AI)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae USA guidebook methods.

LOCATION: 271 BIR

328. Shugars, J.C. 1971. Displacement behavior of transplanted Eastern Wild Turkeys. M.S. Thesis. Virginia Polytech. Inst., Blacksburg. 56pp.

ABSTRACT: The primary objective of this study was as follows: 1) the determination of the extent of movements of wild, live-trapped turkeys released in unoccupied, suitable habitat. Secondary objectives were: 1) determine the home range of a resident population of Wild Turkeys on the Broad Run Wildlife Management Area; 2) determine the reproductive attainment of a sample of juvenile hens from breeding season through the early brood rearing season. It proved impossible to capture turkeys for the investigation of home range of resident turkeys and the reproductive attainment of juvenile hen turkeys. Thus, this report is concerned only with objective 1, the movements of displaced turkeys. The probable reasons for unsuccessful trapping and suggestions to increase trapping success are also discussed. To study movements of displaced turkeys, four instrumented turkeys were released on October 18 and tracked for 6 field days over a 17 day period. Biotelemetry yielded 31 contacts with 15 locations for this tracking period. At this point suspected transmitter failure occurred. After losing radio contact with the instrumented birds, 24 turkeys (total released at this site including instrumented birds) were then followed for 115 days through the use of field sign and visual observation. Area defined by biotelemetry was approximately 194 acres and by field sign, 414 acres. Capture attempts to obtain turkeys resulted in one adult hen taken with orally administered tribromoethanol on whole grain corn. This bird was held 24 hours to insure full recovery, instrumented, and released at the point of capture. Contact was never established after this. Weather prohibited entry to the study area for 1 week and could have contributed to transmitter failure. It was concluded that turkeys released in unfamiliar but suitable habitat do not move extensively or disperse widely. They apparently remain near the release area and disperse gradually as they become acclimated to the area. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae Meleagris gallopavo.

LOCATION: 2971 BIR

329. Sickels, A.C. 1959. Comparative results of stocking game farm and wild trapped turkeys in Ohio. Pages 75-83 in Proc. First Natl. Wild Turkey Symp., Memphis.

ABSTRACT: The last native Wild Turkey (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris) in Ohio was shot in Adams County in 1904. Since 1952, 1,400 game farm turkeys have been released in Ohio. In 1958, 232 turkeys were present on three of the seven release areas. Young had been produced on two or three of the original release sites. Three subspecies of wild-trapped turkeys were released in 1956 and 1957, and their numbers increased by at least 60%. Game farm stocking has been discontinued and attempts at breeding large numbers of Wild Turkeys are being made. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Meleagrididae 1950's domestication.

LOCATION: 2836 BIR

330. Siska, J., and M. Spreyer. nd. The Chicago peregrine release: first release to first nest. Ill. Birds Birding 4(4): 75-78.

ABSTRACT: From 1982 through 1987, captive-bred peregrines have been released in Illinois, Minnesota, Michigan, Wisconsin, and Missouri. In addition, 19 have been hatched from wild nests (Redig and Tordoff, 1986, 1988) (News from the Mews, 1987) (Spreyer, 1988b). The overall survival rate is approximately 82% which compares favorably to studies of natural peregrine nests. These studies predict 25% survival during a falcon's first year and 70% every year thereafter (Hickey, 1969:509). The outlook for Peregrine Falcons in the midwest is optimistic, particularly with the establishment of nesting pairs, as indicated by Chicago's released falcons which have successfully bred with mates from other states. (AS)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae Falco peregrinus 1980's.

LOCATION: 3219 BIR

331. Smith, G.T. 1985. The Noisy Scrub-bird Atrichornis clamosus. Does it's past suggest a future? Pages 301-308 in A. Keast, H.F. Recher, H. Ford, and D. Saunders, eds. Birds of eucalypt forests and woodlands: ecology, conservation, management. R. Aust. Ornithol. Union and Surrey Beatty & Sons.

ABSTRACT: In the period 1842 to 1889 the Noisy Scrub-bird, Atrichornis clamosus was found in a number of coastal and near coastal localities between Drakesbrook and Albany in Western Australia. After 1889 there were no further sightings and the bird was thought to be extinct until it was discovered at Two Peoples Bay in 1961. The Scrub-bird is a species whose ecological traits were established under more stable conditions than those operating in the last million years and in particular since the arrival of Europeans. Its terrestrial and territorial behaviour, low reproductive potential, and low dispersive ability reduced its ability to recolonize after local extinctions, while its adaptation to the linear and patchy distribution of the ecotone between swamp and forest placed further constraints on its ability to survive. Its survival at Two Peoples Bay is a consequence of the area having no agricultural value and the topography which provides natural fire breaks which have prevented the whole area being burnt at one time. Management of the reserve since its creation in 1966 has concentrated on fire prevention and this is the main reason for the increase in population from 45 in 1970 to 138 in 1983. The expansion of the population has effectively created two separate populations which increases the species chance of survival. Translocation of ten males and six females to the Mt. Manypeaks reserve and the establishment of the feasibility of captive breeding have added further support for the long term survival of the species. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Atrichornithidae 1980's captive breeding.

LOCATION: 314 BIR

332. Smith, J.W. 1986. Status of Missouri's Experimental Trumpeter Swan Restoration Program. Pages 100-103 in D. Compton, ed. Proc. Papers Tenth Trumpeter Swan Soc. Conf. Grand Prairie, Alberta. 3-16 September 1986.

ABSTRACT: A combined total of 25 Trumpeter Swans (Cygnus buccinator) was transferred to Missouri during the period 1982-86. Fifteen (60 percent) of those birds are known to have died, and another three (12 percent) are known or suspected to have left the study area. Although predation was implicated in eight (53 percent) of the known mortalities, it is believed that stress related to the transfers was the primary factor leading to death by predation in most of the mortalities experienced during this ongoing experimental program.

KEY WORDS: 1980's Anatidae restoration.

LOCATION: 4011 BIR.

333. Smith, J.W. 1988. Trumpeter Swan status report for Missouri. Pages 56-57 in Proceedings and Papers of the Eleventh Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plain, MN.

ABSTRACT: The Missouri Department of Conservation, in cooperation with the United States Fish and Wildlife Service, initiated an experimental Trumpeter Swan restoration program in 1982. Between 1982 and 1987, 32 subadult swans were released at two different locations in Missouri. Sixteen mortalities occurred, eight of which took place during the first year after release. Eight of the surviving birds remained on the Mingo National Wildlife Refuge, where they were originally released. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator 1980's

LOCATION: 4012 BIR

334. Smith, J.W. and J.D. Wilson. 1984. Experimental restoration of Trumpeter Swans to Missouri. Pages 112-115 in Proceedings and Papers of the Ninth Trumpeter Swan Society Conference. The Trumpeter Swan Society, Maple Plains, MN.

ABSTRACT: A Trumpeter Swan reintroduction began in 1982 in Missouri to expand the wintering range of the species. Twelve birds comprising three family groups were transferred from Lacreek National Wildlife Refuge, South Dakota and released in Mingo National Wildlife Refuge, Missouri from 1982 to 1983. Nine birds were found dead or were missing and presumed dead shortly after their release. Suspected causes of mortality include predation by Great Horned Owls, raccoons, and bobcats. The surviving family groups extensively used drainage ditch habitat, which has an abundant supply of duckweed. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Cygnus buccinator survival

LOCATION: 4010 BIR

335. Smith, N.S. 1987. Reintroduction of Masked Bobwhite Quail into southern Arizona. Trans. Congr. Int. Union Game Biol. 18: 187-188.

ABSTRACT: The masked bobwhite (Colinus virginianus rexanum) is an endangered subspecies that formerly occurred in some grasslands of northern Mexico and southern Arizona. Overgrazing, drought, and shrub invasion in the early 1900's extirpated the bird in Arizona and severely reduced populations in Mexico. A captive population was established in the Patuxent Research Center to furnish birds for reintroduction attempts. From 1937 to 1952 and again from 1970-1974 numerous reintroduction attempts failed for various reasons. Techniques developed from 1975-1979 were used to establish a small population but continued grazing (page missing). (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Phasianidae 1930's 1940's 1950's 1970's. LOCATION: 3253 BIR

336. Snyder, N.F.R. 1986. California Condor recovery program. Pages 56-71 in S.E. Senner, C.M. White, and J.R. Parrish, eds. Raptor conservation in the next 50 years. Raptor Res. Rep. No. 5, Raptor Res. Found., Provo, UT.

ABSTRACT: The current California Condor Recovery Program was initiated in 1980 following the development of a consensus that the passive conservation measures implemented in earlier years (primarily habitat protection) had not been successful in maintaining or increasing the wild population. To sustain the species through its present crisis and to identify the key stresses affecting the wild population, the program relies heavily on intensive measures, such as multiple-clutching, captive-breeding, and radio-telemetry. However, concentrated research and consideration efforts are also being continued along more traditional lines, such as habitat preservation and nonintrusive observations of breeding pairs. Intensive photographic efforts have revealed that the wild condor population now consists of fewer than 20 birds and is still declining rapidly - at a rate which could lead to extinction in less than 10 years. Nevertheless, multiple-clutching efforts with the remaining wild pairs in the last 2 years have led to an overall increase in the number of condors if the 16 birds now held in captivity are included in the totals. Continued multiple-clutching of wild pairs may lead to the establishment of a viable captive population and permit limited releases of captives to the wild in the next few years. However, quantitatively significant releases await the maturation of captives and the initiation of reproduction in captivity, probably in the early 1990's. The goal of a self-sustaining wild population will probably not be achieved until the factors producing the long-term decline have been identified and reduced in intensity. The principal causes of the decline do not appear to be reproductive deficiencies, but as yet poorly understood mortality factors. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Cathartidae Gymnogyps californianus 1980's census captive breeding.

LOCATION: 2840 BIR

337. Snyder, N.F.R., and M.P. Wallace. 1987. Reintroduction of the Thick-billed Parrot in Arizona. Pages 360-384 in A. Risser, ed. Proc. Jean Delacour/IFCB Symp. Breeding Birds in Captivity. Los Angeles, CA.

ABSTRACT: In 1986, 29 Thick-billed Parrots (Rhynchopsitta pachyrhyncha) were released in the Chiricahua Mountains of southeastern Arizona to determine the feasibility of reestablishing this species in the United States. Soon after release, the birds began feeding on wild foods, discovered water sources, coordinated into flocks, and made long-distance flights. Mortality was relatively high at first, but was leveling off by the end of the study period. All birds left the release area and assumed new locations. (JCA)

KEY WORDS: Psittacidae 1980's captive-reared historical account telemetry.

LOCATION: 114 BIR

338. Snyder, N.F.R., H.A. Snyder, and T.B. Johnson. 1989. Thick-billed Parrots released and raised in the wilds of Arizona. afa Watchbird, April/May 1989.

ABSTRACT: In 1986, efforts began to re-establish the Thick-billed Parrot in Arizona. Illegal parrots seized at the Mexico-United States border provided a practical source of birds for a release program. Because the confiscated birds were in poor physical condition, they were kept in captivity until they could molt into substantially natural wings. In the early fall of 1986, 29 birds (some radiotagged) were released in the Chiricahua Mountains. Seven of these parrots were quickly lost to hawk predation. Fourteen of the remaining birds stayed in Arizona, migrating between the southeastern and central parts of the state. Mating activity was observed in mid-July 1988, but shortly thereafter the researchers lost track of the group. An entirely separate release effort took place in the late fall of 1987, when six hand-reared birds from the Jersey Wildlife Preservation Trust and the Gladys Porter Zoo were released into the Chiricahuas. After the failure of these birds to flock and feed on pine cones in the first two days after release, they were recaptured and distributed to various captive-breeding projects. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Psittacidae 1980's migration behavior Rhynchopsitta pachyrhyncha

LOCATION: 2559 BIR

339. Spinks, J.L. 1988. Peregrine Falcon recovery plans: concept, implementation, and utility. Page 865 in T.J. Cade, J.H. Enderson, C.G. Thelander, and C.M. White. Peregrine Falcon populations: their management and recovery. The Peregrine Fund, Inc. Boise, ID.

ABSTRACT: Four teams appointed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service developed regional recovery plans for the Peregrine Falcon in Alaska, the Pacific states, the Rocky Mountains/ Southwest, and eastern North America. This paper discusses the efficacy of each plan relative to achieving stated recovery goals and objectives and the manner in which each plan is used by the USFWS to identify, fund, and carry out recovery tasks. The team approach to recovery plan development, in particular the integration of ideas from federal, state, and private agencies, has proven successful in achieving agency approval of the plans and support for implementing identified recovery tasks. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Falconidae Falco peregrinus.

LOCATION: 2638 BIR

340. Springer, P.F., F.B. Lee, W.L Schipper, and D.R. Yparraguirre. 1986. Captive-reared Aleutian Canada Geese migrate to the Marshall Islands. 'Elapio 46(14):153-154.

ABSTRACT: In late November or on 1 December 1979, two Aleutian Canada Geese (Branta canadensis leucopareia) were observed in the lagoon adjoining Roi-Namur Island, northwest of the Marshall Islands. These birds, part of a group of 48, reared in captivity at the Aleutian Islands National Wildlife Refuge, were released on 9 August 1979 from Agattu Island with 154 other captive-reared birds and 49 wild birds. Regardless of the route taken, the birds had to travel over a large expanse of ocean. This incident attests to the high quality of care and conditioning received under the captive-rearing program and demonstrates the innate tendency to fly southward in the fall. (JCA)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Alaska 1970's mortality survival.

LOCATION: 298 BIR

341. Springer, P.F., G.V. Byrd, and D.W. Woolington. 1977. Reestablishing Aleutian Canada Geese. Pages 331-338 in S.A. Temple, ed. Endangered birds: management techniques for preserving threatened species. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: In 1975, the United States Fish and Wildlife Service appointed a recovery team that had as its goal the restoration of the Aleutian Canada Goose to a secure status within its historical range. Plans were made to remove foxes from goose breeding islands, breed geese in captivity, reintroduce captive-reared geese, and study and protect wild geese. A total of 381 geese were reared from 1966 through 1977 at Patuxent Wildlife Research Center in Maryland. In 1976, a second captive propagation facility was established on Amchitka Island, which produced 56 goslings in 1977. The first reintroduction attempt occurred in 1971, when 75 free-flying birds were released on Amchitka Island. Most of these birds left the island shortly after release and were never seen again. In March 1974, a second attempt placed 41 wing-clipped geese on Agattu Island. Four of these pairs nested, and two successfully hatched five young. In order to guide the birds to the appropriate wintering grounds, nine flightless, molting, wild geese were brought to Agattu from Buldir and released in August with the captive-reared flock. Surveys on the wintering ground in northern California revealed that at least three of the captive-reared birds migrated successfully. A third but unsuccessful release of 30 captive birds and three wild birds occurred on Amchitka in May 1976. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae Branta canadensis leucopareia Alaska 1970's mortality survival migration

LOCATION: 2602 (297) BIR

342. Starkey, E.E., and R.A. Schnoes. 1979. The Columbian Sharptailed Grouse: with special reference to their potential reintroduction to Lava Beds National Monument. Natl. Park Serv. Trans. and Proc. Ser. 5:497-500.

ABSTRACT: This paper discusses the historical and current Columbian Sharptailed Grouse (Pediocetes phasianellus columbianus) population status, the causes of the species' decline, and the feasibility for its reintroduction at Lava Beds National Monument. The authors recommend that Columbian Sharptailed Grouse be reintroduced to Lava Beds National Monument since they were primevally present there. Habitat improvement by burning prior to sharptail reintroduction is recommended. Difficulty in obtaining birds for reintroduction is anticipated, and captive propagation will likely be necessary. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Tetraonidae California.

LOCATION: 3001 (1107) BIR

343. Steenhof, K. 1988. Identifying potential Bald Eagle nesting habitat: a review of the state of the art. Pages 31-59 in D.K. Garcelon and G.W. Roemer, eds. Proc. Int. Symp. Raptor Reintroduction, 1985. Inst. Wildl. Stud., Arcata, CA.

ABSTRACT: Reintroduction programs are based on the premise that raptors will return to nests in the general vicinity of the release area. Habitat suitability at the release site may be an important factor that influences the success of a reintroduction effort. The problem of identifying suitable nesting habitat is not unique to reintroduction programs; it is also applicable to areas where habitat is being protected for populations that are recovering naturally. Using Bald Eagles as a case study, I review the procedures that have been used to evaluate potential nesting habitat, both in reintroduction programs and general management efforts. I then propose a framework for future evaluations that includes assessments of disturbance factors, nest site availability, and foraging opportunities. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Haliaeetus leucocephalus review paper.

LOCATION: 2818 BIR

344. Stewart, G. 1983. Reestablishing the Harris' Hawk on the lower Colorado River. Pages 30-38 in N. Venizelos and C. Grijalva, eds. Proc. Seventh Annu. Wildl. Conf. San Francisco Zool. Gardens and the Calif. Acad. Sci. San Francisco, CA.

ABSTRACT: Sixty Harris' Hawks Parabuteo unicinctus superior were donated for release to the interagency effort to reestablish a historic population of Harris' Hawks that disappeared during the mid-1950's. The progeny of captive Harris' Hawks have been hacked as brancher fledglings and 3 to 6 month old juveniles. Captive reared Harris' Hawks have been cross-fostered in Red-tailed Hawk Buteo jamaicensis nests. Hawks previously used in falconry have been hacked. A captive pair of Harris' Hawks nested and fledged two young following their release during the spring of 1980. Immature hawks from different release sites have been observed flying and hunting together. All Harris' Hawks have been marked with distinct color band configurations as well as permanent, lock-on, aluminum bird bands. Selected individuals have been fitted with backpack mounted, radio telemetry transmitters. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Arizona California 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2969 BIR

345. Stewart, G.R. 1981. Re-establishing the Harris' Hawk on the lower Colorado River. Cal-Neva Wildl. Trans., pp.169-175.

ABSTRACT: During 1979 and 1980, thirty-four (34) Harris' Hawks (Parabuteo unicinctus superior) were released along the lower Colorado River. The program's goal is to re-establish a historic population that vanished in the mid 1950's. Methods were developed for the release of captive reared eyasses and juveniles; and for mature hawks from breeding chambers, rehabilitation facilities, and falconers. Methods include hacking and cross-fostering captive reared eyas Harris' Hawks with resident red-tailed hawk (Buteo jamaicensis) parents. Each hawk was banded with a specific color band configuration for identification purposes. An aluminum lock-on band was included in the configuration for long-term identification. Telemetry transmitters were tail-mounted on selected individuals. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae California Arizona 1970's 1980's.

LOCATION: 2782 BIR

346. Stewart, G.R., and B.J. Walton. 1985. Reestablishment of the Harris' Hawk (Parabuteo unicinctus superior) to the lower Colorado River. Page 11 in Raptor Res. Found. Symp. Manage. Birds of Prey. Int. Meet. Session 2. Symp. on Raptor Rehabilitation and Captive Breeding.

ABSTRACT: One hundred five Harris' Hawks were released at hack sites and cross-fostered to Red-tailed Hawks in an effort to re-establish a native population along the lower Colorado River in California and Arizona from 1979 to 1985. "Mega-hack" releases were tested as were other hacking techniques. Released birds have paired and produced young on at least two occasions since the program was initiated. Selected individuals were marked with color bands and radio-telemetry transmitters to determine success in gaining independence and to monitor individuals and their movements after release. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Accipitridae 1970's 1980's methodology.

LOCATION: 3087 BIR

347. Stewart, P.A. 1983. Adoption of introduced young and neglect of own by nesting Black Vultures. Wilson Bull. 95:310-311.

ABSTRACT: One 35-40-day-old Black Vulture nestling was translocated into an unrelated nest containing two 30-35-day-old nestlings. The older (and larger) nestling was successfully adopted by the new parents. However, within 3 days one of the two younger nestlings was found dead apparently from starvation. The two remaining young were well fed and healthy. Selective feeding of nestlings by Black Vulture parents, favoring larger sized nestlings, may demonstrate a behavioral adjustment limiting the number of young fed per nest to two. (MCA)

KEY WORDS: Cathartidae Coragyps atratus 1970's.

LOCATION: 3123 BIR

348. Stokes, J. 1984. Mississippi Kite hacking project--Meeman-Shelby Forest State Park/Memphis Zoological Gardens. Anim. Keepers' Forum 11(3):77-81.

ABSTRACT: The Mississippi Kite is a medium-sized raptor found primarily in the southeastern and south-central United States. The kite is a graceful and marvelous flyer, sometimes spending hours on the wing. Incredible aerobatics have been seen when this bird is engaged in pursuit of flying insects such as grasshoppers, dragonflies or cicadas. (It also takes occasional snakes, toads, small birds, and bats.) It is found in extremely local colonies but has recently begun rapid range expansion in Texas, Oklahoma, and Kansas. It is, however, considered as an Endangered species in Tennessee, found only in the western portion of the state. It is Endangered primarily due to loss of habitat since 50-70% of the river bottomland habitat they prefer has been converted to soybean fields. The kites' main strongholds in west Tennessee are Memphis, Meeman-Shelby state Park, Ft. Pillow State Park, and Reelfoot State Park/National Wildlife Refuge. In order to bolster local populations of the Mississippi Kite, a hacking program was conducted at the Memphis Zoo and Meeman-Shelby State Park from August-October 1983. The kites were hacked into known kite colonies/habitat areas. (Memphis Zoo/Overton Park has three pairs and Meeman-Shelby has 10-15 pairs.) Hacking was done in these areas due to availability of personnel who could participate in the project, but future hacking programs might include areas that are of slightly different habitats. If habitat loss continues in west Tennessee at its present rate, then new colonies may have to be established in other portions of the state. In this case, hacking may become a very valuable tool for transplanting kite populations. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Ictinia mississippiensis 1980's.

LOCATION: 3024 BIR

349. Swift, J.A. and A.R. Laws. 1982. The release of waterfowl into the wild with particular reference to restocking programmes. Pages 283-287 in D.A. Scott, ed. Managing Wetlands and Their Birds. A Manual of Waterfowl Management. International Waterfowl Research Bureau, Gloucester, England.

ABSTRACT: Waterfowl have been released into the wild for centuries as part of introduction, reintroduction, and restocking efforts. Each of these types of release pose inherent problems and questions which should be considered before efforts are undertaken. Organized release programs should also incorporate monitoring procedures in order to determine the scheme's success and to identify possible shortfalls. (KRR)

KEY WORDS: Anatidae philosophy methodology policy

LOCATION: 2630 BIR

350. Tangley, L. 1982. Captive propagation: will it succeed? Sci. News 121:266-268.

ABSTRACT: The goal of researchers at Patuxent Wildlife Research Center in Laurel, Maryland, is to increase captive production of endangered species and reintroduce individuals into the wild. Attempts to achieve this goal have been made through the use of artificial lighting, artificial insemination, fostering, cross-fostering, egg removal, and artificial incubation. Whooping Cranes (Grus americana) have been induced to lay 11 eggs/ season, a substantial increase over the 2 eggs/season normally laid in the wild. Masked Bobwhite Quail (Colinus virginianus ridgwayi) have been successfully cross-fostered to Texas Bobwhite Quail (C. v. texanus). Problems with captive breeding include learned behavior deficiencies, low fertility, lack of breeding, and inbreeding. Critics question the value of captive breeding, emphasizing the need to first preserve habitat, and then individual species. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Gruidae Phasianidae methodology philosophy.

LOCATION: 2987 (1252) BIR

351. Temple, S.A. 1983. Is reintroduction a realistic goal? Pages 597-605 in Proc. Jean Delacour/IFCB Symp. Breeding Birds in Captivity.

ABSTRACT: Is reintroduction a realistic goal for most captive breeding programs for endangered birds? Given the rather extensive set of criteria for success that I have outlined, it must be concluded that reintroduction is only realistic for certain species. Not all birds bred in captivity can be successfully re-established in nature, but for those that can, for those that meet the criteria for success, we should pursue reintroduction programs as vigorously as we can. It is one of the most satisfying outcomes of a successful avicultural effort, and it is one of the most ecologically sound contributions that aviculture can make to the preservation of birds as part of natural communities rather than the mere preservation of isolated species. (AC)

KEY WORDS: Methodology limiting factors.

LOCATION: 3006 (1303) BIR

352. Temple, S.A. 1977. Reintroducing birds of prey to the wild. Pages 355-363 in S.A. Temple, ed. Endangered birds: management techniques for preserving threatened species. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: There are four basic raptor reintroduction approaches: release of (1) cross-fostered nestlings, (2) translocated wild birds, (3) mature birds that have been held in captivity, and (4) fledglings by some modification of the hacking procedure. Each technique is described. The release of young by a form of hacking is considered the best technique available. A successful raptor reintroduction technique should promote good survivorship of released birds, have potential for site tenacity, and require a limited amount of effort. (JCA)

KEY WORDS: Dispersal methodology captive-rearing.

LOCATION: 2497 BIR

353. Temple, S.A. 1985. Recovery efforts for the Peregrine Falcon. Pages 161-162 in S.A. Temple, ed. Bird conservation 2. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

ABSTRACT: Since 1978, the number of Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) pairs in the eastern United States has doubled approximately every 2 years. This paper reports on The Peregrine Fund's efforts in the eastern United States from 1982 to 1985. Prior to this period, 353 peregrines had been released in the eastern United States, resulting in four breeding pairs in the wild. In 1982, 79 peregrines were released in the eastern United States, 10 pairs were on territories, six laid eggs, and five fledged young. In 1983, 79 peregrines were again released, at least 16 pairs were occupying territories, nine laid eggs, and eight pairs fledged 23 young. One hundred twenty-four peregrines were released in 1984, at least 27 pairs were occupying territories, at least 16 pairs laid eggs, and 30 young were reared by 12 of them. By spring 1985, 38-40 Peregrine Falcon pairs were on territories in the eastern United States and southern Canada, 24 laid eggs, and 16 pairs raised 46 young. If peregrine populations continue to increase at current rates, the eastern population may reach pre-DDT levels by 1990. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1980's review paper.

LOCATION: 2679 BIR

354. Temple, S.A., and T.J. Cade. 1988. Genetic issues associated with recovery efforts for three endangered raptors. Pages 17-29 in D.K. Garcelon and G.W. Roemer, eds. Proc. Int. Symp. on Raptor Reintroduction, 1985. Inst. Wildl. Stud., Arcata, CA.

ABSTRACT: The genetic consequences of population bottlenecks on Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) and California Condor (Gymnogyps californianus) reintroductions and Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) translocation were examined. Due to small numbers of founders in captive peregrine and condor populations, there is a high likelihood of genetic problems affecting the fitness of the captive individuals. Captive peregrine populations are derived from 40 founders; captive condor populations are derived from only 18 founders. Of 112 captive peregrine breeders, 16% were inbred, all of which could have been avoided. Three condor pairs have contributed 2/3 of the genes carried by the captive condor population. The number of peregrine founders could be increased by adding new individuals from the wild, but this option does not exist for condors. The authors found the benefits of eagle translocations to exceed the potential genetic effects of introducing individuals from genetically distinct populations. Managers should try to balance the individual founder contributions in reestablished wild populations. (LCA)

KEY WORDS: Accipitridae Cathartidae Falconidae inbreeding.

LOCATION: 2818 BIR

355. Temple, S.A., T.J. Cade, and V.J. Hardaswick. 1985. Surviving bottlenecks: demographic and genetic issues associated with translocating and reintroducing raptors. Page 4 in Raptor Res. Found. Symp. Manage. Birds of Prey. Int. Meet. Session 8. Int. Symp. on Raptor Reintroduction.

ABSTRACT: Translocation of raptors between wild populations and reintroduction of raptors bred in captivity into both vacant and occupied range in the wild have become acceptable conservation strategies. Programs involving these procedures have been either seriously proposed or actually implemented for almost 30 species. There are demographic and genetic issues associated with these procedures, and many of these issues center on the challenges of successfully bringing a managed population through severe demographic and genetic bottlenecks. We will examine these challenges, in both theoretical and practical terms, as they are illustrated by several active raptor management efforts: the translocations of Bald Eagles between regional populations, the reintroduction of captive-bred Peregrine Falcons into vacant range in the eastern United States, and the possible reintroduction of captive-bred California Condors to the wild in the future. We present models describing how introgression of genes from translocated raptors into an extant population varies with respect to the relative proportions of translocated and local individuals and the initial genetic dissimilarities between them. We assess Bald Eagle translocations on the identifiable theoretical genetic drawbacks. Using pedigree records of States, we analyze the probable genetic characteristics of the founding population and discuss the long-term implications for the new population future of the California Condor by describing the major bottlenecks associated with the present captive population and future reintroductions. We make a priori suggestions about how the condor population could be managed to minimize potential problems. We discuss the implications of these three case histories for other raptor conservation programs. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Abstract only Accipitridae Cathartidae Falconidae Gymnogyps californianus Haliaeetus leucocephalus Falco peregrinus.

LOCATION: 4 BIR

356. Terrasse, M. 1980. Project of reintroduction of the Griffon Vulture in the Cevennes, France. Vulture News 4:6-10.

ABSTRACT: The aim of this project is to recreate a population of Griffon Vultures Gyps fulvus in a part of the Massif Central which is still very favourable to this species, and where the Griffon Vultures used to live quite numerously until 1930/1940. The chosen site is protected in its greatest part by the Parc National des Cevennes, which is locally responsible for the good carrying out of the project. This report is an evaluation of progress made by June 1980. (AI)

KEY WORDS: Cathartidae 1970's 1980's historical account.

LOCATION: 3035 BIR

357. Thacker, R. 1978. The role of falconry in conservation. Pages 136-141 in T.A. Geer, ed. Bird of prey management techniques. Proc. Bird of Prey Manage. Techniques. Oxford. October 1977. Brit. Falconers' Club.

ABSTRACT: To many persons falconry and conservation are synonymous. To others they are not. The impact of governmental agency and public conservation group interest and attitudes towards this family of birds is discussed as is also the input of falconers and falconry into the management and conservation of the Birds of Prey. (AA)

KEY WORDS: Falconidae 1970's historical account rehabilitation captive breeding technique.

LOCATION: 2835 BIR

358. Thomas, V.G. 1987. Nutritional, morphological and behavioural considerations for rearing birds for release. J. Ornithol. 128:423-430.

ABSTRACT: Raising captive species of birds on commercial, concentrated feeds prior to release in wild environments may preclude the success of such reintroductions. Interactions must occur between the components of a diet, foraging behaviours, and the morphological development of the alimentary tract of young birds. It is vital to precondition the digestive system to the types of wild foods each bird will encounter in its wild habitat in order for reintroduction programmes to succeed. Commercial type rations, while producing rapid and efficient body growth, may not condition the digestive system to the bulky, more fibrous, and less digestible foods birds will encounter after release. They certainly do not encourage optimal foraging behaviours and reinforce specific appetitive behaviours. Herbivorous species which consume appreciable amounts of secondary compounds with their food should be given these compounds so that the enzyme system involved with metabolizing them can be activated before release to the wild. (AS)

KEY WORDS: methodology captive-reared diet.

LOCATION: 3223 BIR

359. Thornburg, D. 1982. Restoration of Giant Canada Geese on west central Illinois strip mine lands. Page 15 in M.A. Johnson, ed. Trans. Canada Goose Symp. Bismarck, ND. April 1982.

ABSTRACT: A cooperative Giant Canada Goose restoration project was initiated by the Illinois Department of Conservation in 1967. The objective of the program was to establish a self-sustaining, resident population of Branta canadensis maxima on 70,000 acres of privately owned, reclaimed, surface-mined lands in four west central Illinois counties. The initial effort consisted of penning 80 juvenile geese in summer 1967 and releasing them in spring 1969. Three hundred and forty-five additional geese were released between 1969 and 1971. Spring and fall aerial inventories have revealed population growth over the years to a level above 7,000 birds in fall 1981. Summer bandings from 1971 to 1982 totaled 5,395 birds and visual neck collars were placed on 1,680 geese during the past 4 years. Perkins (1981) reported that band recovery analysis and neck collar observations identified southern Illinois and western Kentucky as primary wintering areas. Geographic distribution of band recoveries north of the breeding area during April-September 1970-1980 suggested a molt migration corridor to the northeast and another to the northwest. In a study of the statu